WO2019133634A1 - Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases - Google Patents
Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019133634A1 WO2019133634A1 PCT/US2018/067538 US2018067538W WO2019133634A1 WO 2019133634 A1 WO2019133634 A1 WO 2019133634A1 US 2018067538 W US2018067538 W US 2018067538W WO 2019133634 A1 WO2019133634 A1 WO 2019133634A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- further aspect
- substituted
- alkyl
- alkoxy
- Prior art date
Links
- 102100024122 Pantothenate kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 38
- 108010021592 Pantothenate kinase Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 36
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 title description 14
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 266
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 74
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- -1 propan- l-olyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 149
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 122
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 119
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 102
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 100
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 87
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 85
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 claims description 85
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 84
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 73
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 73
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 72
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 71
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 65
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 54
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000002853 C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910006074 SO2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 3
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 abstract description 33
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 7
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 2
- 102100024127 Pantothenate kinase 2, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 abstract 1
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 abstract 1
- 208000002593 pantothenate kinase-associated neurodegeneration Diseases 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 72
- 101100028650 Mus musculus Pank1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 52
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 43
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 40
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 39
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 38
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 37
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 36
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 33
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 29
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 27
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 25
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 24
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 23
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- RGJOEKWQDUBAIZ-IBOSZNHHSA-N CoASH Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCS)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 RGJOEKWQDUBAIZ-IBOSZNHHSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 21
- RGJOEKWQDUBAIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N coenzime A Natural products OC1C(OP(O)(O)=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)C(O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCS)OC1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 RGJOEKWQDUBAIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000005516 coenzyme A Substances 0.000 description 21
- 229940093530 coenzyme a Drugs 0.000 description 21
- KDTSHFARGAKYJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dephosphocoenzyme A Natural products OC1C(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)C(O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCS)OC1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 KDTSHFARGAKYJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 18
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 17
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 14
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 13
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 13
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 11
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 11
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 10
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 10
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- YVOIIFNYZFCVHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-propan-2-yl-1,2-oxazole Chemical compound CC(C)C=1C=CON=1 YVOIIFNYZFCVHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KPCZJLGGXRGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C]1=CC=CN=C1 Chemical group [C]1=CC=CN=C1 KPCZJLGGXRGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 8
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 7
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000006254 arylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 0 *C=C(*)C(*)=C(*)**C(*=CC(*)=*)=N* Chemical compound *C=C(*)C(*)=C(*)**C(*=CC(*)=*)=N* 0.000 description 4
- WDSPZDVSEZKBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-[4-[2-[4-(2,2-difluoro-1-methylcyclopropyl)phenyl]-2,2-difluoroacetyl]piperazin-1-yl]pyridazine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound FC1(C(C1)(C)C1=CC=C(C=C1)C(C(=O)N1CCN(CC1)C1=CC=C(N=N1)C#N)(F)F)F WDSPZDVSEZKBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical group OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001502 aryl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- AWJRNWSTONALCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-(6-chloropyridazin-3-yl)piperazin-1-yl]-2-[4-(2,2-difluoro-1-methylcyclopropyl)phenyl]ethanone Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(N=N1)N1CCN(CC1)C(CC1=CC=C(C=C1)C1(C(C1)(F)F)C)=O AWJRNWSTONALCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AQTJNVSAXBQVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C1)(C1(F)F)c1ccc(CC(N(CC2)CCN2c(cc2)nnc2C#N)=O)cc1 Chemical compound CC(C1)(C1(F)F)c1ccc(CC(N(CC2)CCN2c(cc2)nnc2C#N)=O)cc1 AQTJNVSAXBQVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GHCXUBXLEPLCDS-ZDGMYTEDSA-N C[C@@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2ccc(C(C)(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N Chemical compound C[C@@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2ccc(C(C)(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N GHCXUBXLEPLCDS-ZDGMYTEDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 3
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical compound NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 3
- CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C]1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [C]1=CC=CC=C1 CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TUCNEACPLKLKNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl Chemical compound C[C]=O TUCNEACPLKLKNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxymethyl Chemical compound O[CH2] CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 3
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical class [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000002577 pseudohalo group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCC(=O)O)(=O)O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004293 19F NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- GZGMNGZTFVBUPV-GASCZTMLSA-N 6-[(2R,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-(2-phenylacetyl)piperazin-1-yl]pyridazine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound C[C@@H]1N([C@@H](CN(C1)C(CC1=CC=CC=C1)=O)C)C1=CC=C(N=N1)C#N GZGMNGZTFVBUPV-GASCZTMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical class CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- YWQXEUVJOREFRP-PVCZSOGJSA-N C[C@@H](CN(CC1)C(C(c2ccc(C(C)(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)(F)F)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N Chemical compound C[C@@H](CN(CC1)C(C(c2ccc(C(C)(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)(F)F)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N YWQXEUVJOREFRP-PVCZSOGJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical class [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000013016 Hypoglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- MAMNWAPQSXXDJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#Cc(cc1)nnc1N(CC1)CCN1C(Cc1ccc(C(C2)C2(F)F)cc1)=O Chemical compound N#Cc(cc1)nnc1N(CC1)CCN1C(Cc1ccc(C(C2)C2(F)F)cc1)=O MAMNWAPQSXXDJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 2
- YASAKCUCGLMORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Rosiglitazone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1N(C)CCOC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC1SC(=O)NC1=O YASAKCUCGLMORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005431 alkyl carboxamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003288 anthiarrhythmic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001961 anticonvulsive agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940030600 antihypertensive agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000005347 biaryls Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical group C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012351 deprotecting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005432 dialkylcarboxamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005584 early death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N formamide Substances NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000014101 glucose homeostasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000797 iron chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940075525 iron chelating agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940029985 mineral supplement Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000020786 mineral supplement Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- SBOJXQVPLKSXOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-amino-hydroxylamine Chemical compound NON SBOJXQVPLKSXOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- HYAFETHFCAUJAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pioglitazone Chemical compound N1=CC(CC)=CC=C1CCOC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC1C(=O)NC(=O)S1 HYAFETHFCAUJAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- PJESVVYWPFAJCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1=CC=CN=N1 PJESVVYWPFAJCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000932 sedative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940125723 sedative agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical class ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001889 triflyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUFXOAAUWZOOIT-SXARVLRPSA-N (2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-5-[[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-5-[[(2R,3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl-5-[[(1S,4R,5S,6S)-4,5,6-trihydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1-cyclohex-2-enyl]amino]-2-oxanyl]oxy]-3,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxanyl]oxy]-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-2,3,4-triol Chemical compound O([C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H]1O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(CO)=C1)O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O XUFXOAAUWZOOIT-SXARVLRPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006686 (C1-C24) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006527 (C1-C5) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006701 (C1-C7) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006694 (C2-C10) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006695 (C2-C11) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006696 (C2-C18) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006687 (C2-C3) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006656 (C2-C4) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006650 (C2-C4) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006688 (C2-C4) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006689 (C2-C5) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006690 (C2-C6) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006691 (C2-C7) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006692 (C2-C8) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006693 (C2-C9) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-ZETCQYMHSA-N (D)-(+)-Pantothenic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(O)=O GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N (R)-alpha-Tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OVFJHQBWUUTRFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrotetrazine Chemical compound C1=CNNNN1 OVFJHQBWUUTRFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIDRAVVQGKNYQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrotriazine Chemical compound C1NNNC=C1 FIDRAVVQGKNYQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-1,2,3-Triazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNN=1 QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMRIDJQAEZFTSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1h-tetrazole Chemical compound N1NC=NN1 YMRIDJQAEZFTSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEUMBMHMMCOFAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrooxadiazole Chemical compound N1NC=CO1 VEUMBMHMMCOFAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTAKZNRDSPNOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-(chloromethyl)oxirane;hydron;prop-2-en-1-amine;n-prop-2-enyldecan-1-amine;trimethyl-[6-(prop-2-enylamino)hexyl]azanium;dichloride Chemical compound Cl.[Cl-].NCC=C.ClCC1CO1.CCCCCCCCCCNCC=C.C[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCNCC=C VTAKZNRDSPNOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFTARCORJSYHAQ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 3-[[(2R)-4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-2-phosphonooxybutanoyl]amino]propanoic acid Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)O[C@@H](C(NCCC(=O)O)=O)C(C)(C)CO AFTARCORJSYHAQ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXACTUVBBMDKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-bromobenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 PXACTUVBBMDKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1N=CNN=1 NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KPYSYYIEGFHWSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Baclofen Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(CN)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 KPYSYYIEGFHWSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940078581 Bone resorption inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108030001720 Bontoxilysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVLGOUQHJYOTMA-ZJUUUORDSA-N CC(C)N[C@@H](CN(C1)C(C)C)[C@@H]1N Chemical compound CC(C)N[C@@H](CN(C1)C(C)C)[C@@H]1N GVLGOUQHJYOTMA-ZJUUUORDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZSFOJBMOISMXBW-NWDGAFQWSA-N CC(C)N[C@@H](CN(C1)C(C)C)[C@@H]1N(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)N[C@@H](CN(C1)C(C)C)[C@@H]1N(C)C ZSFOJBMOISMXBW-NWDGAFQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNNRTCATTYOBDQ-QWRGUYRKSA-N CC(C)N[C@@H](CN(C1)C(C)C)[C@H]1NC Chemical compound CC(C)N[C@@H](CN(C1)C(C)C)[C@H]1NC DNNRTCATTYOBDQ-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BDWFZARWSKBJEE-AWEZNQCLSA-N C[C@@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2ccc(C3(CC3)F)c(F)c2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N Chemical compound C[C@@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2ccc(C3(CC3)F)c(F)c2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N BDWFZARWSKBJEE-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YWQXEUVJOREFRP-QMRFKDRMSA-N C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(C(c2ccc(C(C)(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)(F)F)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N Chemical compound C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(C(c2ccc(C(C)(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)(F)F)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N YWQXEUVJOREFRP-QMRFKDRMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKVDXSXHXOXRCF-FWJOYPJLSA-N C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2cc(F)c(C(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N Chemical compound C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2cc(F)c(C(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N SKVDXSXHXOXRCF-FWJOYPJLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDWFZARWSKBJEE-CQSZACIVSA-N C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2cc(F)c(C3(CC3)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N Chemical compound C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2cc(F)c(C3(CC3)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N BDWFZARWSKBJEE-CQSZACIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHCXUBXLEPLCDS-RBFZIWAESA-N C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2ccc(C(C)(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N Chemical compound C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2ccc(C(C)(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N GHCXUBXLEPLCDS-RBFZIWAESA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRUCWGYRUSVTJN-IKJXHCRLSA-N C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2ccc(C(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N Chemical compound C[C@H](CN(CC1)C(Cc2ccc(C(C3)C3(F)F)cc2)=O)N1c(cc1)nnc1C#N XRUCWGYRUSVTJN-IKJXHCRLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical class [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chick antidermatitis factor Natural products OCC(C)(C)C(O)C(=O)NCCC(O)=O GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKWGIWYCVPQPMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloropropamide Chemical compound CCCNC(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RKWGIWYCVPQPMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010077544 Chromatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002905 Colesevelam Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVHXJTBJCFBINQ-ADAARDCZSA-N Dapagliflozin Chemical compound C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1CC1=CC([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)=CC=C1Cl JVHXJTBJCFBINQ-ADAARDCZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010013887 Dysarthria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014094 Dystonic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- HTQBXNHDCUEHJF-XWLPCZSASA-N Exenatide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 HTQBXNHDCUEHJF-XWLPCZSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010011459 Exenatide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- FAEKWTJYAYMJKF-QHCPKHFHSA-N GlucoNorm Chemical compound C1=C(C(O)=O)C(OCC)=CC(CC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2CCCCC2)=C1 FAEKWTJYAYMJKF-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Polymers OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007821 HATU Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100028653 Homo sapiens PANK2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000981500 Homo sapiens Pantothenate kinase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LELOWRISYMNNSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrocyanic acid Natural products N#C LELOWRISYMNNSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010060378 Hyperinsulinaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000270322 Lepidosauria Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016267 Leptin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092277 Leptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- LTXREWYXXSTFRX-QGZVFWFLSA-N Linagliptin Chemical compound N=1C=2N(C)C(=O)N(CC=3N=C4C=CC=CC4=C(C)N=3)C(=O)C=2N(CC#CC)C=1N1CCC[C@@H](N)C1 LTXREWYXXSTFRX-QGZVFWFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSDQQAXHVYUZIW-QCIJIYAXSA-N Liraglutide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 YSDQQAXHVYUZIW-QCIJIYAXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010019598 Liraglutide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001145 Metabolic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- IBAQFPQHRJAVAV-ULAWRXDQSA-N Miglitol Chemical compound OCCN1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1CO IBAQFPQHRJAVAV-ULAWRXDQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBDBGDHKACZYLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#Cc(cc1)nnc1N(CC1)CCN1C(Cc1cc(F)c(C2(CC2)F)cc1)=O Chemical compound N#Cc(cc1)nnc1N(CC1)CCN1C(Cc1cc(F)c(C2(CC2)F)cc1)=O SBDBGDHKACZYLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZRPYPXXTALDGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#Cc(cc1)nnc1N(CC1)CCN1C(Cc1ccc(C(C2)C2(F)F)c(F)c1)=O Chemical compound N#Cc(cc1)nnc1N(CC1)CCN1C(Cc1ccc(C(C2)C2(F)F)c(F)c1)=O AZRPYPXXTALDGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEUMIRLDTGDEQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#Cc(cc1)nnc1N(CC1)CCN1C(Cc1ccc(C2(CC2)F)cc1)=O Chemical compound N#Cc(cc1)nnc1N(CC1)CCN1C(Cc1ccc(C2(CC2)F)cc1)=O QEUMIRLDTGDEQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nonylphenol Natural products CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALXMNCLXHBEBCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(Cc1ccc(C2(CC2)F)cc1)N(CC1)CCN1c(cc1)nnc1Cl Chemical compound O=C(Cc1ccc(C2(CC2)F)cc1)N(CC1)CCN1c(cc1)nnc1Cl ALXMNCLXHBEBCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150094685 Pank2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024126 Pantothenate kinase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000027089 Parkinsonian disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034010 Parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001774 Perfluoroether Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007014 Retinitis pigmentosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000255588 Tephritidae Species 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical compound C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=N1 DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWHLPVGTWGOCJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trihexyphenidyl Chemical group C1CCCCC1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(O)CCN1CCCCC1 HWHLPVGTWGOCJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930003571 Vitamin B5 Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 201000000690 abdominal obesity-metabolic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002632 acarbose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XUFXOAAUWZOOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acarviostatin I01 Natural products OC1C(O)C(NC2C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)=C2)O)C(C)OC1OC(C(C1O)O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(CO)OC(O)C(O)C1O XUFXOAAUWZOOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052768 actinide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000674 adrenergic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004733 albiglutide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWAVGNOAMXIIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N albiglutide Chemical compound O=C(O)C(NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(N)CC=1(N=CNC=1))CCC(=O)O)C(O)C)CC2(=CC=CC=C2))C(O)C)CO)CC(=O)O)C(C)C)CO)CO)CC3(=CC=C(O)C=C3))CC(C)C)CCC(=O)O)CCC(=O)N)C)C)CCCCN)CCC(=O)O)CC4(=CC=CC=C4))C(CC)C)C)CC=6(C5(=C(C=CC=C5)NC=6)))CC(C)C)C(C)C)CCCCN)CCCNC(=N)N OGWAVGNOAMXIIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005119 alkyl cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001667 alogliptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZSBOMTDTBDDKMP-OAHLLOKOSA-N alogliptin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C#N)C=1CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C=C1N1CCC[C@@H](N)C1 ZSBOMTDTBDDKMP-OAHLLOKOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940087168 alpha tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002269 analeptic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000578 anorexic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001466 anti-adreneric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002456 anti-arthritic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001078 anti-cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003556 anti-epileptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001022 anti-muscarinic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000118 anti-neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001139 anti-pruritic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001754 anti-pyretic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002921 anti-spasmodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003416 antiarrhythmic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124346 antiarthritic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000924 antiasthmatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125681 anticonvulsant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003965 antiepileptics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005475 antiinfective agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002579 antinauseant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003908 antipruritic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000164 antipsychotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002221 antipyretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125716 antipyretic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124575 antispasmodic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002249 anxiolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000949 anxiolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940005530 anxiolytics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001204 arachidyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000794 baclofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002047 benzodioxolyl group Chemical group O1OC(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000649 benzylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940125388 beta agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002876 beta blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097320 beta blocking agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002617 bone density conservation agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008468 bone growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940053031 botulinum toxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002802 bromocriptine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OZVBMTJYIDMWIL-AYFBDAFISA-N bromocriptine Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@]2(C(=O)N3[C@H](C(N4CCC[C@H]4[C@]3(O)O2)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)C2)=C3C2=C(Br)NC3=C1 OZVBMTJYIDMWIL-AYFBDAFISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006309 butyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FAPWYRCQGJNNSJ-UBKPKTQASA-L calcium D-pantothenic acid Chemical compound [Ca+2].OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC([O-])=O.OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC([O-])=O FAPWYRCQGJNNSJ-UBKPKTQASA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002079 calcium pantothenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960001713 canagliflozin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VHOFTEAWFCUTOS-TUGBYPPCSA-N canagliflozin hydrate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=C([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)C=C1CC(S1)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(F)C=C1.CC1=CC=C([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)C=C1CC(S1)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 VHOFTEAWFCUTOS-TUGBYPPCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001722 carbon compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001364 causal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chelidonic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC(=O)C=C(C(O)=O)O1 PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001761 chlorpropamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000718 cholinopositive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003483 chromatin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007979 citrate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001152 colesevelam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008406 cosmetic ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940037530 cough and cold preparations Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003678 cyclohexadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000058 cyclopentadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003834 dapagliflozin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000850 decongestant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124581 decongestants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010061428 decreased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005959 diazepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004915 dibutylamino group Chemical group C(CCC)N(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001664 diethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 125000004914 dipropylamino group Chemical group C(CC)N(CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005175 dulaglutide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010005794 dulaglutide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010410 dusting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010118 dystonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003221 ear drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940047652 ear drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003345 empagliflozin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OBWASQILIWPZMG-QZMOQZSNSA-N empagliflozin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1C1=CC=C(Cl)C(CC=2C=CC(O[C@@H]3COCC3)=CC=2)=C1 OBWASQILIWPZMG-QZMOQZSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N endo-cyclopentadiene Natural products C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940095399 enema Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002085 enols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004049 epigenetic modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006345 epimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000031 ethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001519 exenatide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000054767 gene variant Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005494 general anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002518 gentamicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004580 glibenclamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WIGIZIANZCJQQY-RUCARUNLSA-N glimepiride Chemical compound O=C1C(CC)=C(C)CN1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)N[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](C)CC2)C=C1 WIGIZIANZCJQQY-RUCARUNLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004346 glimepiride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZJJXGWJIGJFDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glipizide Chemical compound C1=NC(C)=CN=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 ZJJXGWJIGJFDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001381 glipizide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009229 glucose formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyburide Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003979 granulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003278 haem Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001245 hexylamino group Chemical group [H]N([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000001421 hyperglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003451 hyperinsulinaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000008980 hyperinsulinism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003326 hypnotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000147 hypnotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002218 hypoglycaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004857 imidazopyridinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125721 immunosuppressive agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037041 intracellular level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006316 iso-butyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004628 isothiazolidinyl group Chemical group S1N(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003965 isoxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N leptin Chemical compound O=C([C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(C)C)CCSC)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940039781 leptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002463 lignoceryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960002397 linagliptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000014666 liquid concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002701 liraglutide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037353 metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052752 metalloid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002738 metalloids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003105 metformin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XZWYZXLIPXDOLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N metformin Chemical compound CN(C)C(=N)NC(N)=N XZWYZXLIPXDOLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001589 microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001110 miglitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000472 muscarinic agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003149 muscarinic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035363 muscle relaxants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003158 myorelaxant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000698 nateglinide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OELFLUMRDSZNSF-BRWVUGGUSA-N nateglinide Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](C(C)C)CC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OELFLUMRDSZNSF-BRWVUGGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003176 neuroleptic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002698 neuron blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000989 no adverse effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229910052756 noble gas Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M octadecanoyloxyaluminum;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al] OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006053 organic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004783 oxidative metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010979 pH adjustment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002638 palliative care Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940014662 pantothenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019161 pantothenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011713 pantothenic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004894 pentylamino group Chemical group C(CCCC)N* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127557 pharmaceutical product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005323 phenoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005095 pioglitazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000502 poloxamer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001748 polybutylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004585 polycyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068977 polysorbate 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014483 powder concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003611 pramlintide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010029667 pramlintide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NRKVKVQDUCJPIZ-MKAGXXMWSA-N pramlintide acetate Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 NRKVKVQDUCJPIZ-MKAGXXMWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006308 propyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003368 psychostimulant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 108700027806 rGLP-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100618 rectal suppository Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006215 rectal suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002354 repaglinide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011435 rock Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004586 rosiglitazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- QGJUIPDUBHWZPV-SGTAVMJGSA-N saxagliptin Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC(C3)CC2(O)CC13[C@H](N)C(=O)N1[C@H](C#N)C[C@@H]2C[C@@H]21 QGJUIPDUBHWZPV-SGTAVMJGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004937 saxagliptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010033693 saxagliptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020374 simple syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MFFMDFFZMYYVKS-SECBINFHSA-N sitagliptin Chemical compound C([C@H](CC(=O)N1CC=2N(C(=NN=2)C(F)(F)F)CC1)N)C1=CC(F)=C(F)C=C1F MFFMDFFZMYYVKS-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004034 sitagliptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHHPUSMSKHSNKW-SMOYURAASA-M sodium deoxycholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 FHHPUSMSKHSNKW-SMOYURAASA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003206 sterilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000021 stimulant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XTQHKBHJIVJGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur monoxide Chemical class S=O XTQHKBHJIVJGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052815 sulfur oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001308 synthesis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052714 tellurium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellurium atom Chemical compound [Te] PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001730 thiiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003354 tissue distribution assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N tocofersolan Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000984 tocofersolan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003204 tranquilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002936 tranquilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004102 tricarboxylic acid cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001032 trihexyphenidyl Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013024 troubleshooting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940096973 urethral suppository Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006217 urethral suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940120293 vaginal suppository Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006216 vaginal suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000009492 vitamin B5 Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011675 vitamin B5 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002076 α-tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004835 α-tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D237/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
- C07D237/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D237/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D237/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D237/24—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- Pantothenate Kinase (PanK, EC 2.7.1.33) catalyzes the biochemical conversion of pantothenate (vitamin B5) to phosphopantothenate and thereby initiates the biosynthesis of coenzyme A (CoA).
- Vitamin B5 pantothenate
- CoA coenzyme A
- the activities of the PanK enzymes regulate the CoA intracellular concentration (Leonardi et al. (2005) Prog. Lipid Res. 44: 125-153; Jackowski and Rock (1981) J. Bacteriol. 148: 926-932; Zano et al. (2015) Mol. Genet. Metab. 116:281- 288).
- CoA is an essential cofactor that functions as a carboxylic acid substrate carrier in various synthetic and oxidative metabolic pathways, such as the tricarboxylic acid cycle, sterol biosynthesis, heme biosynthesis, fatty acid and complex lipid synthesis and metabolism, and epigenetic modification of chromatin.
- PanKla PanK i p. PanK2, and PanK3, which are encoded by three genes (Zhou et al. (2001) Nat. Genet. 28: 345-349; Zhang et al. (2005) J. Biol. Chem. 280: 32594-32601; Rock et al. (2002) Gene 291: 35-43).
- PanKs regulate cellular CoA through feedback inhibition of the enzyme activity by CoA or CoA thioesters and each isoform responds to inhibition with a different sensitivity (Leonardi et al. (2005) Prog. Lipid Res. 44: 125-153).
- the PanK isoform expression profiles differ among individual cell types, tissues and organs and the relative abundance of one or more isoforms determines the respective CoA levels (Dansie et al. (2014) Biochem. Soc. Trans. 42: 1033- 1036).
- PKAN PanK-associated neurodegeneration
- the PANK2 gene is highly expressed in human neuronal tissues and many of the mutations associated with PKAN result in truncated or inactivated PanK2 protein expression, or severely reduced activity (Zhang et al. (2006) J. Biol. Chem. 281: 107-114).
- the BANK 2 mutations are predicted to result in significantly lower CoA levels, thereby reducing neuronal metabolism and function in PKAN patients. Tools are lacking for investigation of the relationship(s) between CoA levels and neurodegeneration.
- Activation of the PanKl or PanK3 proteins that are also expressed in neuronal tissues could compensate for the reduction in PanK2 activity because functional
- the ob/ob leptin-deficient mouse is a model of obesity-associated type II diabetes that exhibits abnormally high hepatic CoA (Leonardi et al. (2014) Diabetologia 57: 1466-1475). Consistent with the connection between hepatic CoA levels and glucose homeostasis, deletion of Pankl in the ob/ob mouse reduces hepatic CoA and results in normalization of the diabetic hyperglycemia and associated hyperinsulinemia characteristic of this strain (Leonardi et al. (2014) Diabetologia 57: 1466-1475). A genome-wide association study (Sabatti et al. (2009) Nature Genet.
- PanK activators and inhibitors capable of modulating CoA levels and to assess the feasibility of such compounds as therapeutics in these diseases.
- We recently disclosed our initial high throughput screening effort towards this goal Sharma et. al. (2015) J. Med.
- PanK antagonists capable of modulating CoA levels as disease therapeutics.
- the following disclosure describes a group of such compounds, as well as methods for making and using them.
- the invention in one aspect, relates to compositions and methods for use in the prevention and treatment of disorders associated with pantothenate kinase activity such as, for example, PKAN and diabetes.
- A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH 2 C(0) , CF 2 C(0), C(0)CH 2 , CH 2 S0 2 , S0 2 , NHC(O), N(CH 3 )C(0), and CH(OH)C(0); wherein each of Q 1 and Q 2 , when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q 3 is N and Q 4 is CH or wherein Q 4 is N and Q 3 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from:
- each of R la and R lb when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy;
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NO2, -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3;
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-
- compositions comprising at least one disclosed compound.
- Also disclosed are methods of modulating pantothenate kinase activity in at least one cell comprising the step of contacting at least one cell with an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the term“comprising” can include the aspects“consisting of’ and“consisting essentially of.”
- Ranges can be expressed herein as from“about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent“about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as“about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value“10” is disclosed, then“about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.
- the terms“about” and“at or about” mean that the amount or value in question can be the value designated some other value approximately or about the same. It is generally understood, as used herein, that it is the nominal value indicated ⁇ 10% variation unless otherwise indicated or inferred. The term is intended to convey that similar values promote equivalent results or effects recited in the claims. That is, it is understood that amounts, sizes, formulations, parameters, and other quantities and characteristics are not and need not be exact, but can be approximate and/or larger or smaller, as desired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off, measurement error and the like, and other factors known to those of skill in the art.
- an amount, size, formulation, parameter or other quantity or characteristic is“about” or“approximate” whether or not expressly stated to be such. It is understood that where“about” is used before a quantitative value, the parameter also includes the specific quantitative value itself, unless specifically stated otherwise.
- references in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weight of a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weight relationship between the element or component and any other elements or components in the composition or article for which a part by weight is expressed.
- X and Y are present at a weight ratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whether additional components are contained in the compound.
- a weight percent (wt. %) of a component is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
- the terms“optional” or“optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
- the term“subject” can be a vertebrate, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian.
- the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent.
- the term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered.
- the subject is a mammal.
- a patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder.
- the term“patient” includes human and veterinary subjects.
- treatment refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- the term covers any treatment of a subject, including a mammal (e.g., a human), and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development; or (iii) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease.
- the subject is a mammal such as a primate, and, in a further aspect, the subject is a human.
- subject also includes domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), and laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc.).
- domesticated animals e.g., cats, dogs, etc.
- livestock e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.
- laboratory animals e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc.
- the term“prevent” or“preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed.
- diagnosisd means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by the compounds, compositions, or methods disclosed herein.
- administering refers to any method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject.
- Such methods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration, administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topical administration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration, intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectal administration, sublingual administration, buccal administration, and parenteral administration, including injectable such as intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration, intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration.
- Administration can be continuous or intermittent.
- a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition.
- a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition.
- the terms“effective amount” and“amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition.
- a“therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms, but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects.
- the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration.
- compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose.
- the dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products.
- a preparation can be administered in a“prophylactically effective amount”; that is, an amount effective for prevention of a disease or condition.
- dosage form means a pharmacologically active material in a medium, carrier, vehicle, or device suitable for administration to a subject.
- a dosage form can comprise a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, or a salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, such as a preservative, buffer, saline, or phosphate buffered saline.
- Dosage forms can be made using conventional pharmaceutical manufacturing and compounding techniques.
- Dosage forms can comprise inorganic or organic buffers (e.g., sodium or potassium salts of phosphate, carbonate, acetate, or citrate) and pH adjustment agents (e.g., hydrochloric acid, sodium or potassium hydroxide, salts of citrate or acetate, amino acids and their salts) antioxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, alpha-tocopherol), surfactants (e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, polyoxyethylene9-l0 nonyl phenol, sodium desoxycholate), solution and/or cryo/lyo stabilizers (e.g., sucrose, lactose, mannitol, trehalose), osmotic adjustment agents (e.g., salts or sugars), antibacterial agents (e.g., benzoic acid, phenol, gentamicin), antifoaming agents (e.g., polydimethylsilozone), preservatives (e.g., thimerosal,
- kit means a collection of at least two components constituting the kit. Together, the components constitute a functional unit for a given purpose. Individual member components may be physically packaged together or separately. For example, a kit comprising an instruction for using the kit may or may not physically include the instruction with other individual member components. Instead, the instruction can be supplied as a separate member component, either in a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation.
- “instruction(s)” means documents describing relevant materials or methodologies pertaining to a kit. These materials may include any combination of the following: background information, list of components and their availability information (purchase information, etc.), brief or detailed protocols for using the kit, trouble-shooting, references, technical support, and any other related documents. Instructions can be supplied with the kit or as a separate member component, either as a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation. Instructions can comprise one or multiple documents, and are meant to include future updates.
- therapeutic agent include any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active compound or composition of matter which, when administered to an organism (human or nonhuman animal), induces a desired pharmacologic,
- immunogenic, and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action encompasses those compounds or chemicals traditionally regarded as drugs, vaccines, and biopharmaceuticals including molecules such as proteins, peptides, hormones, nucleic acids, gene constructs and the like.
- therapeutic agents are described in well-known literature references such as the Merck Index (14 L edition), the Physicians' Desk Reference (64 th edition), and The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (12 L edition) , and they include, without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of a disease or illness; substances that affect the structure or function of the body, or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a physiological environment.
- the term“therapeutic agent” includes compounds or compositions for use in all of the major therapeutic areas including, but not limited to, adjuvants; anti-infectives such as antibiotics and antiviral agents; analgesics and analgesic combinations, anorexics, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-epileptics, local and general anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, antiadrenergics, antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients, antiarthritics, antiasthmatic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antinauseants, antineoplastics, antipruritics, antipyretics; antispasmodics, cardiovascular preparations (including calcium channel blockers, beta-blockers, an
- the agent may be a biologically active agent used in medical, including veterinary, applications and in agriculture, such as with plants, as well as other areas.
- therapeutic agent also includes without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of disease or illness; or substances which affect the structure or function of the body; or pro- drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a predetermined physiological environment.
- pharmaceutically acceptable describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e. , without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.
- the term“derivative” refers to a compound having a structure derived from the structure of a parent compound (e.g., a compound disclosed herein) and whose structure is sufficiently similar to those disclosed herein and based upon that similarity, would be expected by one skilled in the art to exhibit the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds, or to induce, as a precursor, the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds.
- exemplary derivatives include salts, esters, amides, salts of esters or amides, and N-oxides of a parent compound.
- the term“pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use.
- suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
- Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants.
- These compositions can also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such as paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride and the like.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption.
- Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues.
- the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable media just prior to use.
- Suitable inert carriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.
- a residue of a chemical species refers to the moiety that is the resulting product of the chemical species in a particular reaction scheme or subsequent formulation or chemical product, regardless of whether the moiety is actually obtained from the chemical species.
- an ethylene glycol residue in a polyester refers to one or more -OCH2CH2O- units in the polyester, regardless of whether ethylene glycol was used to prepare the polyester.
- a sebacic acid residue in a polyester refers to one or more -CO(CH2)8CO- moieties in the polyester, regardless of whether the residue is obtained by reacting sebacic acid or an ester thereof to obtain the polyester.
- the term“substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds.
- the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
- Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below.
- the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
- the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
- substitution or“substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. It is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e.. further substituted or unsubstituted).
- aliphatic or“aliphatic group,” as used herein, denotes a hydrocarbon moiety that may be straight-chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, or cyclic (including fused, bridging, and spirofused polycyclic) and may be completely saturated or may contain one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
- alkyl as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, isopropyl, «-butyl, isobutyl, s- butyl, /-butyl, «-pentyl, isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like.
- the alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic.
- the alkyl group can be branched or unbranched.
- the alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
- A“lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms.
- alkyl group can also be a Cl alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, and the like up to and including a C1-C24 alkyl.
- alkyl is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group.
- halogenated alkyl or“haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- the term“monohaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with a single halide, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- the term “polyhaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is independently substituted with two or more halides, i.e. each halide substituent need not be the same halide as another halide substituent, nor do the multiple instances of a halide substituent need to be on the same carbon.
- alkoxyalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below.
- aminoalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups.
- hydroxyalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups.
- cycloalkyl refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyl moieties
- the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an“alky ley cloalkyl.”
- a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a“halogenated alkoxy”
- a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g., an“alkenylalcohol,” and the like.
- cycloalkyl is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms.
- examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbomyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkyl is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term“cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
- the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -NH 2 , (C1-C4) alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, ether, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, -N0 2 , silyl, sulfo-oxo, -SH, and C1-C4 thioalkyl, as described herein.
- polyalkylene group as used herein is a group having two or more CTT groups linked to one another.
- the polyalkylene group can be represented by the formula— (CH 2 ) a— , where“a” is an integer of from 2 to 500.
- Alkoxy also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a poly ether such as— OA 1 — OA 2 or— OA 1 — (OA 2 ) a— OA 3 , where“a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.
- alkenyl as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
- the alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
- groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described here
- cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl,
- heterocycloalkenyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
- the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with 0, 1,
- 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldeyhyde, -NEE, (Cl- C4) alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, ketone, azide, -N0 2 , silyl, sulfo-oxo, -SH, and C1-C4 thioalkyl, as described herein.
- alkynyl is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- the alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
- cycloalkynyl as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound.
- cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkynyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
- the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
- aromatic group refers to a ring structure having cyclic clouds of delocalized p electrons above and below the plane of the molecule, where the p clouds contain (4n+2) p electrons.
- aromaticity is found in Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, (5th Ed., 1987), Chapter 13, entitled“Aromaticity,” pages 477-497, incorporated herein by reference.
- aromatic group is inclusive of both aryl and heteroaryl groups.
- aryl as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, anthracene, and the like.
- the aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the aryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde,— NEE, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
- biasryl is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of“aryl.”
- the aryl group can be a single ring structure or comprise multiple ring structures that are either fused ring structures or attached via one or more bridging groups such as a carbon- carbon bond.
- biaryl can be two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
- aldehyde as used herein is represented by the formula— C(0)H.
- NA 1 A 2 where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- a specific example of amino is— NEE.
- alkylamino as used herein is represented by the formula— NH(-alkyl) where alkyl is a described herein.
- Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, and the like.
- dialkylamino as used herein is represented by the formula— N(-alkyl)2 where alkyl is a described herein.
- Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N- ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.
- ester as used herein is represented by the formula— 0C(0)A 1 or— C(0)0A 1 , where A 1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- polystyrene resin as used herein is represented by the formula— (A 1 0(0)C-A 2 -C(0)0) a— or— (A 1 0(0)C-A 2 -0C(0)) a— , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and“a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used to describe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compound having at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups.
- ether as used herein is represented by the formula A'OA 2 .
- a 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein.
- polyether as used herein is represented by the formula— (A 1 0-A 2 0) a— , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and“a” is an integer of from 1 to 500.
- Examples of polyether groups include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and polybutylene oxide.
- halo “halogen,” or“halide,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.
- the terms“pseudohalide,”“pseudohalogen,” or“pseudohalo,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to functional groups that behave substantially similar to halides. Such functional groups include, by way of example, cyano, thiocyanato, azido, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, perfluoroalkyl, and perfluoroalkoxy groups.
- the term“heteroalkyl,” as used herein refers to an alkyl group containing at least one heteroatom.
- Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quatemized.
- Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
- heteroaryl refers to an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group.
- heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus, where N-oxides, sulfur oxides, and dioxides are permissible heteroatom substitutions.
- the heteroaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the heteroaryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
- Heteroaryl groups can be monocyclic, or alternatively fused ring systems. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, /V-methylpyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, and pyrazolopyrimidinyl.
- heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofri] oxazolyl, benzo
- quinolinyl quinazolinyl, indazolyl, imidazo[l,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, benzo[c][l,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][ 1,2, 5] oxadiazolyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl.
- Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3- oxadiazole, l,2,5-oxadiazole and l,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including, l,2,3-thiadiazole, l,2,5-thiadiazole, and l,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole, including, 1,2, 3-triazole, 1,3, 4-triazole, tetrazole
- heterocyclyl group can also be a C2 heterocyclyl, C2-C3 heterocyclyl, C2- C4 heterocyclyl, C2-C5 heterocyclyl, C2-C6 heterocyclyl, C2-C7 heterocyclyl, C2-C8 heterocyclyl, C2-C9 heterocyclyl, C2-C10 heterocyclyl, C2-C11 heterocyclyl, and the like up to and including a C2-C18 heterocyclyl.
- a C2 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has two carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, aziridinyl, diazetidinyl, dihydrodiazetyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, and the like.
- a C5 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has five carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl,
- heterocyclyl group may be bound either through a heteroatom in the ring, where chemically possible, or one of carbons comprising the heterocyclyl ring.
- bicyclic heterocycle or“bicyclic heterocyclyl,” as used herein refers to a ring system in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon.
- Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein an aromatic ring is fused with another aromatic ring, or wherein an aromatic ring is fused with a non-aromatic ring.
- Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein a benzene ring is fused to a 5- or a 6- membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms or wherein a pyridine ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms.
- Bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, indolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, l,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- chromenyl, lH-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-3-yl; lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl; and 1H- pyrazolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl.
- heterocycloalkyl refers to an aliphatic, partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to l4-membered ring system, including single rings of 3 to 8 atoms and bi- and tricyclic ring systems.
- the heterocycloalkyl ring-systems include one to four heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein a nitrogen and sulfur heteroatom optionally can be oxidized and a nitrogen heteroatom optionally can be substituted.
- heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuryl.
- the term“hydroxy” or“hydroxyl” as used herein is represented by the formula— OH.
- a 1 C(0)A 2 The term“ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 C(0)A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- silica as used herein is represented by the formula— SiA 1 A 2 A 3 , where A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 can be, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- sulfo-oxo is represented by the formulas— S(0)A'.— SiO ⁇ A 1 ,— 0S(0) 2 A 1 , or— 0S(0) 2 0A 1 , where A 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- a 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- sulfonyl is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the formula— S(0) 2 A 1 , where A 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- a 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- sulfone as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 S(0) 2 A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- a 1 S(0)A 2 The term“sulfoxide” as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 S(0)A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- “R 1 ,”“R 2 ,”“R 3 ,”“R n ,” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above.
- R 1 is a straight chain alkyl group
- one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like.
- a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e.. attached) to the second group.
- the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group.
- the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group.
- the nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
- compounds of the invention may contain“optionally substituted” moieties.
- the term“substituted,” whether preceded by the term“optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogen of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent.
- an“optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
- Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds.
- individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e.. further substituted or unsubstituted).
- stable refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain aspects, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
- Suitable monovalent substituents on R° are independently halogen, - (CH 2 )O 2 R ⁇ , -(haloR*), -(CH 2 )o 2 OH, -(CH 2 )o 2 OR*, -(CH 2 )o 2 CH(OR*) 2 ; -0(haloR*), -CN, -N 3 , -(CH 2 )O 2 C(0)R ⁇ , -(CH 2 )O 2 C(0)0H, -(CH 2 )O 2 C(0)0R ⁇ , -(CH 2 )O 2 SR ⁇ , -(CH 2 )O 2 SH, -(CH 2 )Q 2 NH 2 , -(CH 2 )O 2 NHR ⁇ , -(CH 2 )O 2 NR* 2 , -N0 2 , -SiR* 3 , -OSiR
- Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an“optionally substituted” group include: -0(CR * 2 ) 2 3 0-. wherein each independent occurrence of R * is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R * include halogen, - R ⁇ , -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -0(haloR*), -CN, -C(0)0H, -C(0)0R*, -NH 2 , -NHR*, -NR* 2 , or -N0 2 , wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by“halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci-4 aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -0(CH 2 )o iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an“optionally substituted” group include -R ⁇ , -NR ⁇ 2 , -C(0)R ⁇ , -C(0)OR ⁇ , -C(0)C(0)R ⁇ , -C(0)CH 2 C(0)R ⁇ , - S(0) 2 R ⁇ .
- each R ⁇ is independently hydrogen, Ci- 6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted -OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R ⁇ , taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-l2-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R ⁇ are independently halogen, - R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -0(haloR*), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH 2 , -NHR*, -NR* 2 , or -N0 2 , wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by“halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci- 4 aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -0(CH 2 )o iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- the term“leaving group” refers to an atom (or a group of atoms) with electron withdrawing ability that can be displaced as a stable species, taking with it the bonding electrons.
- suitable leaving groups include halides and sulfonate esters, including, but not limited to, triflate, mesylate, tosylate, and brosylate.
- hydrolysable group and“hydrolysable moiety” refer to a functional group capable of undergoing hydrolysis, e.g., under basic or acidic conditions.
- hydrolysable residues include, without limitation, acid halides, activated carboxylic acids, and various protecting groups known in the art (see, for example,“Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).
- organic residue defines a carbon containing residue, i.e. , a residue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is not limited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals defined hereinabove.
- Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or be bonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residues include but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy or substituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc.
- Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15, carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- an organic residue can comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
- a very close synonym of the term“residue” is the term“radical,” which as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to a fragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein, regardless of how the molecule is prepared.
- a 2,4- thiazobdinedione radical in a particular compound has the structure: regardless of whether thiazobdinedione is used to prepare the compound.
- the radical for example an alkyl
- the number of atoms in a given radical is not critical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contrary elsewhere herein.
- Organic radicals contain one or more carbon atoms.
- An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1- 12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms.
- an organic radical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms.
- Organic radicals often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic radical.
- an organic radical that comprises no inorganic atoms is a 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl radical.
- an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like.
- organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, di-substituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamide, substituted alkylcarboxamide,
- dialkylcarboxamide substituted dialkylcarboxamide, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfmyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein.
- organic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals, trifluoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethylamino radicals and the like.
- Inorganic radicals contain no carbon atoms and therefore comprise only atoms other than carbon. Inorganic radicals comprise bonded combinations of atoms selected from hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, and halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, which can be present individually or bonded together in their chemically stable combinations. Inorganic radicals have 10 or fewer, or preferably one to six or one to four inorganic atoms as listed above bonded together.
- inorganic radicals include, but not limited to, amino, hydroxy, halogens, nitro, thiol, sulfate, phosphate, and like commonly known inorganic radicals.
- the inorganic radicals do not have bonded therein the metallic elements of the periodic table (such as the alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, lanthanide metals, or actinide metals), although such metal ions can sometimes serve as a pharmaceutically acceptable cation for anionic inorganic radicals such as a sulfate, phosphate, or like anionic inorganic radical.
- Inorganic radicals do not comprise metalloids elements such as boron, aluminum, gallium, germanium, arsenic, tin, lead, or tellurium, or the noble gas elements, unless otherwise specifically indicated elsewhere herein.
- a specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
- a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture.
- Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula.
- one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane).
- the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
- Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance and in non-natural abundance.
- the disclosed compounds can be isotopically-labeled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature.
- isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 0, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively.
- Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof, and
- isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e. , 3 H, and carbon-l4, /. e.. 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. , 2 H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances.
- Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non- isotopically labeled reagent.
- the compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate.
- the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate.
- the compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution.
- one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvent or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates.
- the invention includes all such possible solvates.
- co-crystal means a physical association of two or more molecules which owe their stability through non-covalent interaction.
- One or more components of this molecular complex provide a stable framework in the crystalline latice.
- the guest molecules are incorporated in the crystalline lathee as anhydrates or solvates, see e.g.“Crystal Engineering of the Composition of Pharmaceutical Phases. Do Pharmaceutical Co-crystals Represent a New Path to Improved Medicines?” Almarasson, O., et. al, The Royal Society of Chemistry, 1889-1896, 2004.
- Examples of co-crystals include p- toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid.
- ketones with an a-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.
- amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form.
- pyrazoles can exist in two tautomeric forms, N 1 - unsubstituted, 3-A 3 and A 1 -unsubstituted, 5-A 3 as shown below.
- the invention includes all such possible tautomers.
- polymorphic forms or modifications It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications.
- the different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties.
- the compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.
- a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula:
- R is understood to represent five independent substituents, R" (a) , R" ,bl .
- independent substituents it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance R" (a) is halogen, then R" ,bl is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
- Certain materials, compounds, compositions, and components disclosed herein can be obtained commercially or readily synthesized using techniques generally known to those of skill in the art.
- the starting materials and reagents used in preparing the disclosed compounds and compositions are either available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wis.), Acros Organics (Morris Plains, N.J.), Fisher Scientific (Pittsburgh, Pa.), or Sigma (St.
- compositions of the invention Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions of the invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used within the methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of the compound and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary.
- compositions disclosed herein have certain functions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures that can perform the same function that are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will typically achieve the same result.
- a disorder associated with PanK activity such as, for example, PKAN and diabetes.
- the disclosed compounds exhibit modulation of PanK activity.
- the disclosed compounds exhibit inhibition of PanK activity.
- the disclosed compounds exhibit activation of PanK activity.
- the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment or prevention of disorders associated with PanK dysfunction and other diseases in which PanKs or altered levels of CoA and CoA esters are involved, as further described herein.
- each disclosed derivative can be optionally further substituted. It is also contemplated that any one or more derivative can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed compound can be provided by the disclosed methods. It is also understood that the disclosed compounds can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
- A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH 2 C(0) , CF 2 C(0), C(0)CH 2 , CH 2 S0 2 , S0 2 , NHC(O), N(CH 3 )C(0), and CH(0H)C(0); wherein each of Q 1 and Q 2 , when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q 3 is N and Q 4 is CH or wherein Q 3 is N and Q 4 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from:
- each of R la and R lb when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy;
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3;
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy,
- the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
- the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
- the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
- the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
- the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
- the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
- the compound is selected from:
- the compound is:
- A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH 2 C(OX CF 2 C(0), C(0)CH 2 , CH 2 S0 2 , S0 2 , NHC(O), N(CH 3 )C(0), and CH(0H)C(0).
- A is selected from OC(O) and C(O). In a still further aspect, A is OC(O). In yet a further aspect, A is C(O).
- A is selected from CH 2 C(0) , CF 2 C(0), and C(0)CH 2 . In a further aspect, A is selected from CH 2 C(0) and C(0)CH 2 . In yet a further aspect, A is CH 2 C(0). In an even further aspect, A is C(0)CH 2 . In a still further aspect, A is CF 2 C(0).
- A is selected from CH 2 C(0) and CF 2 C(0).
- A is selected from CH 2 S0 2 and S0 2 . In a still further aspect, A is CH 2 S0 2 . In yet a further aspect, A is S0 2 .
- A is selected from NHC(O) and N(CH3)C(0). In a still further aspect, A is NHC(O). In yet a further aspect, A is N(CH 3 )C(0).
- A is selected from CH 2 C(0) and CH(0H)C(0). In a still further aspect, A is CH 2 C(0). In yet a further aspect, A is CH(0H)C(0). b. Q 1 AND Q 2 GROUPS
- each of Q 1 and Q 2 when present, is independently selected from N and CH. In a further aspect, each of Q 1 and Q 2 , when present, is N. In a still further aspect, each of Q 1 and Q 2 , when present, is CH. In yet a further aspect, one of Q 1 and Q 2 , when present, is N and one of Q 1 and Q 2 , when present, is CH.
- Q 1 is N and Q 2 is CH. In a still further aspect, Q 1 is CH and Q 2 is N. c. Q 3 AND Q 4 GROUPS
- Q 3 is N and Q 4 is CH or Q 4 is N and Q 3 is CH. In a further aspect, Q 3 is N and Q 4 is CH. In a still further aspect, Q 4 is N and Q 3 is CH. d. Z GROUPS
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is a structure selected from:
- Z is:
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 thioalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, and C1-C4 alkyl.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 thioalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, and C1-C4 alkyl.
- one of R la and R lb is hydrogen and one of R la and R lb is -OH.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, and C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, each of R la and R lb is hydrogen.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, /-propyl, «-butyl, /-butyl, /-butyl, and s- butyl.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, - F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, and /-propyl.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, and methyl. [00166] In a further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, /-propyl, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , - 0(CH 2 ) 2 CH3, and -OCH(CH3) 2 .
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, ethyl, -OCH3, and -OCFhCFb. In yet a further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, and -OCH 3 .
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 thioalkyl.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -SCH3, -SCFBCFb, -SCFhCFhCFb, and -SCH(CH3) 2 .
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -SCH3, and - SCFBCFb.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and -SCFBCFb.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and -SCH3.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.
- each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, and -Br. In a still further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, and -Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and -I. In an even further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and -Br. In a still further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and -Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of R la and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen and -F. f. R 2 GROUPS
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, S0 2 NH 2. SChCFb, S0 2 CF 3 , and N0 2 . In a further aspect, R 2 is hydrogen.
- R 2 is selected from -CN, S0 2 NH 2. SChCFb, S0 2 CF 3 , and NO 2 .
- R 2 is selected from -CN, SO 2 NH 2, SO 2 CH 3 , and SO 2 CF 3 .
- R 2 is selected from -CN, SO 2 NH 2, and SO 2 CH 3 .
- R 2 is selected from -CN and SO2NH2.
- R 2 is NO2.
- R 2 is SO2CF3.
- R 2 is SO2CH3.
- R 2 is SO 2 NH 2 .
- R 2 is -CN.
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen and halogen. In a still further aspect, R 2 is selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, and -Br. In yet a further aspect, R 2 is selected from hydrogen, -F, and -Cl. In an even further aspect, R 2 is selected from hydrogen and -I. In a still further aspect, R 2 is selected from hydrogen and -Br. In yet a further aspect, R 2 is selected from hydrogen and -Cl. In an even further aspect, R 2 is selected from hydrogen and -F.
- R 2 is selected from -CN and -Cl. g. R 3 GROUPS
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialky lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl), provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group.
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialky lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialky lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1 group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, - SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, - NC , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , Cl- C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy. In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from C1-C4 hydroxy and C1-C4 alkoxy. In yet a further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from -CH2OH, - CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH, -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , - CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , and -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 0CH 3 .
- R 3 when present, is selected from -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 OCH 3 , and -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 . In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from -CH 2 OH and -CH 2 OCH 3 .
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, - N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl. In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from C1-C4 hydroxy and cyclopropyl. In yet a further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from -CH2OH, - CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 0H, and cyclopropyl. In an even further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, and cyclopropyl. In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from -CH2OH and cyclopropyl.
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, Cl- C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cl- C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl. In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is C1-C4 hydroxy. In yet a further aspect, R 3 , when present, is - selected from CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, and -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH. In an even further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from -CH 2 OH and -CH 2 CH 2 OH. In an even further aspect, R 3 , when present, is propan- l-olyl.
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is C1-C8 alkoxy monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialk lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cl- C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalky
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , - CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, Cl- C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group.
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group.
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 group selected from halogen and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group.
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl.
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl. In yet a further aspect, R 3 , when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl. In an even further aspect, R 3 , when present, is cyclopropyl monosubstituted with a group selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl.
- R 3 when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 halogen groups. In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 groups selected from -Cl and -F. In yet a further aspect, R 3 , when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 -Cl groups. In an even further aspect, R 3 , when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 -F groups.
- R 3 is a structure selected from:
- Ar 1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and substituted with 0,
- 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NFF.
- Ar 1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, - NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8
- Ar 1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and unsubstituted.
- Ar 1 is aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups
- halogen independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, Cl- C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is aryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is aryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted aryl.
- Ar 1 is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, Cl- C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is phenyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialk lamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is phenyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted phenyl.
- Ar 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0,
- 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is heteroaryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- Ar 1 is selected from furanyl, 3-isopropylisoxazole, 6- isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl, 5-bromopyridin-2-yl, 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl, and substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is selected from furanyl, 3- isopropylisoxazole, 6-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl, 5-bromopyri din-2 -yl, 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl, and substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, - SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is selected from furanyl, 3-isopropylisoxazole, 6-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5- tertbutylpyridin-2-yl, 5-bromopyridin-2-yl, 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 4- pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl, and monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , - CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is selected from furanyl, 3-isopropylisoxazole, 6-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl, 5-isopropylpyridin-2- yl, 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl, 5-bromopyridin-2-yl, 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl, and unsubstituted.
- Ar 1 is furanyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is furanyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is furanyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, - N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted furanyl.
- Ar 1 is 3-isopropylisoxazole substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 3-isopropylisoxazole substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 3-isopropylisoxazole monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted 3-isopropylisoxazole.
- Ar 1 is 6-isopropylpyridin-2-yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 6-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 6-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted 6-isopropylpyridin-2-yl.
- Ar 1 is 5-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 5-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 5-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted 5-isopropylpyridin-2-yl.
- Ar 1 is 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl.
- Ar 1 is 5-bromopyridin-2-yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 5-bromopyridin-2-yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 5-bromopyridin-2-yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted 5-bromopyridin-2-yl.
- Ar 1 is 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted 5-(prop-l-en- 2-yl)pyridin-2-yl.
- Ar 1 is 3-pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 3-pyridinyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is 3-pyridinyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted 3-pyridinyl.
- Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N0 2 , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is pyridinyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted pyridinyl.
- Ar 1 is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is pyrimidinyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino.
- Ar 1 is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.
- a compound can be present as one or more of the following structures:
- a compound can be present as the following structure:
- a compound can be selected from:
- a compound can be selected from:
- a compound can be selected from:
- a compound can be selected from:
- a compound can be selected from:
- the compounds of this invention can be prepared by employing reactions as shown in the following schemes, in addition to other standard manipulations that are known in the literature, exemplified in the experimental sections or clear to one skilled in the art.
- Reactions used to generate the compounds of this invention are prepared by employing reactions as shown in the following Reaction Schemes, as described and exemplified below.
- the disclosed compounds can be prepared by Routes I-V, as described and exemplified below.
- the following examples are provided so that the invention might be more fully understood, are illustrative only, and should not be construed as limiting.
- substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below. SCHEME lA.
- compounds of type 1.6 can be prepared according to reaction Scheme IB above.
- compounds of type 1.3 are either commercially available or can be prepared by an arylation reaction of an appropriate amine, e.g., 1.1 as shown above, and an appropriate aryl halide, e.g., 1.2 as shown above.
- arylation reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g., triethylamine (TEA), in an appropriate solvent, e.g., acetonitrile, at an appropriate temperature, e.g., 160 °C, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 30 minutes using microwave irradiation.
- TAA triethylamine
- solvent e.g., acetonitrile
- the deprotection is carried out in the presence of an appropriate deprotecting agent, e.g., trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 1 hour.
- an appropriate deprotecting agent e.g., trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)
- THF trifluoroacetic acid
- an appropriate solvent e.g., dichloromethane
- substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below.
- compounds of type 2.4, and similar compounds can be prepared according to reaction Scheme 2B above.
- compounds of type 2.2a and 2.2b can be prepared by reaction between an appropriate piperazine, e.g., 1.3 as shown above, and an appropriate isocyanate, e.g., 2.1a and 2.1b as shown above.
- Appropriate isocyanates are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art.
- the urea or bond formation reaction is carried out in the presence or absence of an appropriate base, e.g., triethylamine, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane or diethyl ether, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 3 hours.
- the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 1.6 and 2.3), can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases similar to Formula 2.4.
- substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below.
- compounds of type 3.4, and similar compounds can be prepared according to reaction Scheme 3B above.
- compounds of type 3.2a and 3.2b can be prepared by a coupling reaction of an appropriate carboxylic acid, e.g., 3.1a and 3.1b as shown above, with an appropriate amine, e.g., 1.3 as shown above.
- Appropriate carboxylic acids and appropriate amines are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art.
- the coupling reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate coupling agent, e.g., l-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-lH-l,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3- oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU), and an appropriate base, e.g., diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane.
- an appropriate coupling agent e.g., l-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-lH-l,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3- oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU)
- an appropriate base e.g., diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA)
- DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
- the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 1.6 and 3.3), can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases similar to Formula 3.4.
- substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below.
- compounds of type 4.4 can be prepared according to reaction Scheme 4B above.
- compounds of type 4.2a and 4.2b can be prepared by an alkylation reaction of an appropriate amine, e.g., 1.3 as shown above, with an appropriate alkyl halide, e.g., 4.1a and 4.1b as shown above.
- Appropriate amines and appropriate alkyl halides are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art.
- the alkylation reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g., diisopropylethylamine, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 3 hours.
- an appropriate base e.g., diisopropylethylamine
- an appropriate solvent e.g., dichloromethane
- the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 1.6 and 4.3), can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases similar to Formula 4.4.
- substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below.
- compounds of type 5.6 can be prepared according to reaction Scheme 5B above.
- compounds of type 5.2a and 5.2b can be prepared by a coupling reaction of appropriate sulfonyl chlorides, e.g., 5.1a and 5.1b as shown above, with an appropriate amine, e.g., 1.1 as shown above.
- Appropriate sulfonyl chlorides and appropriate amines are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art.
- the coupling reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g., triethyl amine, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., acetonitrile.
- the coupling reaction is followed by a deprotection.
- the deprotection is carried out in the presence of an appropriate deprotecting agent, e.g., trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 1 hour.
- an appropriate deprotecting agent e.g., trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)
- TFA trifluoroacetic acid
- Compounds of type 5.4a and 5.4b can be prepared by an arylation reaction of an appropriate sulfonyl agent, e.g., 5.2a and 5.2b, and an appropriate aryl halide, e.g., 5.3 as shown above.
- Appropriate aryl halides are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art.
- the arylation reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g., triethylamine, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., acetonitrile, at an appropriate temperature, e.g., 160 °C, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 30 minutes.
- an appropriate base e.g., triethylamine
- an appropriate solvent e.g., acetonitrile
- each disclosed method can further comprise additional steps, manipulations, and/or components. It is also contemplated that any one or more step, manipulation, and/or component can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed method can be used to provide the disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the products of the disclosed methods can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
- compositions comprising a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the compounds and compositions of the invention can be administered in pharmaceutical compositions, which are formulated according to the intended method of administration.
- the compounds and compositions described herein can be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers or excipients.
- a pharmaceutical composition can be formulated for local or systemic administration, e.g., administration by drops or injection into the ear, insufflation (such as into the ear), intravenous, topical, or oral administration.
- the nature of the pharmaceutical compositions for administration is dependent on the mode of administration and can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- the pharmaceutical composition is sterile or sterilizable.
- the therapeutic compositions featured in the invention can contain carriers or excipients, many of which are known to skilled artisans. Excipients that can be used include buffers (for example, citrate buffer, phosphate buffer, acetate buffer, and bicarbonate buffer), amino acids, urea, alcohols, ascorbic acid, phospholipids, polypeptides (for example, serum albumin), EDTA, sodium chloride, liposomes, mannitol, sorbitol, water, and glycerol.
- nucleic acids, polypeptides, small molecules, and other modulatory compounds featured in the invention can be administered by any standard route of administration.
- administration can be parenteral, intravenous, subcutaneous, or oral.
- a modulatory compound can be formulated in various ways, according to the corresponding route of administration.
- liquid solutions can be made for administration by drops into the ear, for injection, or for ingestion; gels or powders can be made for ingestion or topical application. Methods for making such formulations are well known and can be found in, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA 1990.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions comprise the disclosed compounds (including pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, optionally, other therapeutic ingredients or adjuvants.
- the instant compositions include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous)
- compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds of the invention.
- the compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.
- the pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas.
- solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid.
- liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water.
- gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.
- any convenient pharmaceutical media can be employed.
- water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like can be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like can be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets.
- carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like
- oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets.
- tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed.
- tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques
- a tablet containing the composition of this invention can be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants.
- Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of the invention (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents or adjuvants.
- the instant compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
- compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration can be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water.
- a suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose.
- Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
- compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions.
- the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
- the final injectable form must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability.
- the pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.
- compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, dusting powder, mouth washes, gargles, and the like. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations can be prepared, utilizing a compound of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
- compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories can be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in molds. [00241] In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients, the pharmaceutical formulations described above can include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including anti-oxidants) and the like. Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Compositions containing a compound of the invention, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form.
- an effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In a still further aspect, an effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
- the pharmaceutical composition is administered to a mammal.
- the mammal is a human.
- the human is a patient.
- the pharmaceutical composition is used to treat a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity such as, for example, PKAN and diabetes.
- compositions can be prepared from the disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the disclosed compositions can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
- the compounds and compositions disclosed herein are useful for treating, preventing, ameliorating, controlling or reducing the risk of a variety of disorders associated with pantothenate kinase activity, including, for example, PKAN, aging and diabetes.
- methods of treating a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
- A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH 2 C(0) , CF 2 C(0), C(0)CH 2 , CH 2 S0 2 , S0 2 , NHC(O), N(CH3)C(0), and CH(0H)C(0); wherein each of Q 1 and Q 2 , when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q 3 is N and Q 4 is CH or wherein Q 4 is N and Q 3 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from:
- each of R la and R lb when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy;
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3;
- R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy,
- the disclosed compounds can be used in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment, prevention, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of disorders associated with PanK activity for which disclosed compounds or the other drugs can have utility, where the combination of the drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone.
- Such other drug(s) can be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of the present invention.
- a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and a disclosed compound is preferred.
- the combination therapy can also include therapies in which a disclosed compound and one or more other drugs are administered on different overlapping schedules. It is also contemplated that when used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the disclosed compounds and the other active ingredients can be used in lower doses than when each is used singly.
- compositions include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of the present invention.
- the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits a decrease in PanK activity.
- the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 mM to about 25 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 15 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 10 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 5 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 1 pM.
- the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.5 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.1 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.05 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.01 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.005 pM.
- the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.005 pM to about 25 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.01 pM to about 25 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.05 pM to about 25 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.1 pM to about 25 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.5 pM to about 25 pM.
- the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 1 pM to about 25 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 5 pM to about 25 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 10 pM to about 25 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 15 mM to about 25 mM.
- the subject is a mammal.
- the mammal is human.
- the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of the disorder prior to the administering step.
- the subject is at risk for developing the disorder prior to the administering step.
- the method further comprises identifying a subject at risk for developing the disorder prior to the administering step.
- the disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity is selected from PKAN and diabetes.
- disclosed are methods of modulating pantothenate kinase activity in at least one cell comprising the step of contacting the at least one cell with an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- modulating is inhibiting.
- A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH 2 C(0) , CF 2 C(0), C(0)CH 2 , CH 2 S0 2 , S0 2 , NHC(O), N(CH3)C(0), and CH(0H)C(0); wherein each of Q 1 and Q 2 , when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q 3 is N and Q 4 is CH or wherein Q 4 is N and Q 3 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from: wherein each of R la and R lb , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy; wherein R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3; wherein R 3 , when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and
- the cell is mammalian. In a still further aspect, the cell is human. In yet a further aspect, the cell has been isolated from a mammal prior to the contacting step.
- contacting is via administration to a mammal.
- the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity prior to the administering step.
- the disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity is selected from PKAN and diabetes.
- the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for modulating pantothenate kinase activity prior to the administering step.
- modulating is inhibiting.
- the method of use is directed to the treatment of a disorder.
- the disclosed compounds can be used as single agents or in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment, prevention, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of the aforementioned diseases, disorders and conditions for which the compound or the other drugs have utility, where the combination of drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone.
- the other drug(s) can be administered by a route and in an amount commonly used therefore, contemporaneously or sequentially with a disclosed compound.
- compositions in unit dosage form containing such drugs and the disclosed compound are preferred.
- the combination therapy can also be administered on overlapping schedules. It is also envisioned that the combination of one or more active ingredients and a disclosed compound can be more efficacious than either as a single agent.
- compositions and methods of the present invention can further comprise other therapeutically active compounds as noted herein which are usually applied in the treatment of the above mentioned pathological conditions.
- the invention relates to a method for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disorder associated with PanK dysfunction in a mammal, the method comprising combining a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or product of a disclosed method with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
- the present method includes the administration to an animal, particularly a mammal, and more particularly a human, of a therapeutically effective amount of the compound effective in the inhibition of protein and especially PanK.
- the dose administered to an animal, particularly a human, in the context of the present invention should be sufficient to affect a therapeutic response in the animal over a reasonable time frame.
- dosage will depend upon a variety of factors including the condition of the animal, the body weight of the animal, as well as the severity and stage of the disorder.
- the invention relates to the manufacture of a medicament comprising combining a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
- the invention relates to the uses of modulators of PanK.
- the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compound or product of a disclosed method in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder associated with PanK activity and associated Coenzyme A levels such as, for example, PKAN and diabetes.
- the use relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for use as a medicament.
- the use relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method, wherein a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with a therapeutically effective amount of the disclosed compound or the product of a disclosed method.
- the use relates to the treatment of PKAN in a vertebrate animal. In a further aspect, the use relates to the treatment of PKAN in a human subject.
- the use is the treatment of diabetes.
- the diabetes is type II diabetes.
- the disclosed uses can be employed in connection with the disclosed compounds, methods, compositions, and kits.
- the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compound or composition of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder associated with PanK activity in a mammal.
- the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compound or composition in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder associated with PanK activity selected from PKAN and diabetes.
- kits comprising a disclosed compound and one or more of: (a) at least one agent known to treat PKAN; (b) at least one agent known to treat diabetes; (c) instructions for treating PKAN; and (d) instructions for treating diabetes, metabolic syndrome, and/or side effects of aging.
- the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be provided in a kit.
- the kit can also include combinations of the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
- the informational material can be descriptive, instructional, marketing or other material that relates to the methods described herein and/or to the use of the agents for the methods described herein.
- the informational material may relate to the use of the agents herein to treat a subject who has, or who is at risk for developing, a disorder associated with PanK activity.
- the kits can also include paraphernalia for administering the agents of this invention to a cell (in culture or in vivo) and/or for administering a cell to a patient.
- the informational material can include instructions for administering the pharmaceutical composition and/or cell(s) in a suitable manner to treat a human, e.g., in a suitable dose, dosage form, or mode of administration (e.g., a dose, dosage form, or mode of administration described herein).
- the informational material can include instructions to administer the pharmaceutical composition to a suitable subject, e.g., a human having, or at risk for developing, a disorder associated with PanK activity.
- the composition of the kit can include other ingredients, such as a solvent or buffer, a stabilizer, a preservative, a fragrance or other cosmetic ingredient.
- the kit can include instructions for admixing the agent and the other ingredients, or for using one or more compounds together with the other ingredients.
- the compound and the at least one agent known to treat PKAN are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, the compound and the at least one agent known to treat PKAN are co-packaged.
- the compound and the at least one agent known to treat diabetes are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, the compound and the at least one agent known to treat diabetes are co-packaged.
- the at least one agent known to treat PKAN is selected from baclofen, trihexyphenidyl, botulinum toxin, and an iron chelating agent.
- the iron chelating agent is deferriprone.
- the kit further comprises a plurality of dosage forms, the plurality comprising one or more doses; wherein each dose comprises an effective amount of the compound and the at least one agent known to treat PKAN.
- the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount.
- the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
- each dose of the compound and at least one agent known to treat PKAN are co-packaged.
- each dose of the compound and the at least one agent known to treat PKAN are co formulated.
- the at least one agent known to treat diabetes is selected from insulin, albiglutide, exenatide, liraglutide, pramlintide, dulaglutide, acarbose, alogliptin, bromocriptine mesylate, canagliflozin, chlorpropamide, colesevelam, dapagliflozin, empagliflozin, glimepiride, glipizide, glyburide, linagliptin, metformin, miglitol, nateglinide, pioglitazone, repaglinide, rosiglitazone, saxagliptin, and sitagliptin.
- the kit further comprises a plurality of dosage forms, the plurality comprising one or more doses; wherein each dose comprises an effective amount of the compound and at least one agent known to treat diabetes.
- the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount.
- the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
- each dose of the compound and at least one agent known to treat diabetes are co-packaged.
- each dose of the compound and at least one agent known to treat diabetes are co formulated.
- the subject of the herein disclosed methods is a vertebrate, e.g., a mammal.
- the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent.
- the term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered.
- a patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder.
- the term“patient” includes human and veterinary subjects.
- the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed method, the subject has been diagnosed with a disorder associated with PanK activity prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been identified with a need for treatment prior to the administering step. In one aspect, a subject can be treated prophylactically with a compound or composition disclosed herein, as discussed herein elsewhere. a. DOSAGE
- Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures, using either cells in culture or experimental animals to determine the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
- the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
- Polypeptides or other compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
- therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
- a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (that is, the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half- maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
- IC50 concentration of the test compound which achieves a half- maximal inhibition of symptoms
- Exemplary dosage amounts of a differentiation agent are at least from about 0.01 to 3000 mg per day, e.g., at least about 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, or 3000 mg per kg per day, or more.
- the formulations and routes of administration can be tailored to the disease or disorder being treated, and for the specific human being treated.
- a subject can receive a dose of the agent once or twice or more daily for one week, one month, six months, one year, or more.
- the treatment can continue indefinitely, such as throughout the lifetime of the human.
- Treatment can be administered at regular or irregular intervals (once every other day or twice per week), and the dosage and timing of the administration can be adjusted throughout the course of the treatment.
- the dosage can remain constant over the course of the treatment regimen, or it can be decreased or increased over the course of the treatment.
- the dosage facilitates an intended purpose for both prophylaxis and treatment without undesirable side effects, such as toxicity, irritation or allergic response.
- the dosage required to provide an effective amount of a formulation will vary depending on several factors, including the age, health, physical condition, weight, type and extent of the disease or disorder of the recipient, frequency of treatment, the nature of concurrent therapy, if required, and the nature and scope of the desired effect(s) (Nies et al., (1996) Chapter 3, In: Goodman & Gilman's The
- compositions of the present invention can be any route of administering the disclosed compounds and compositions.
- the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be any route of administering the disclosed compounds and compositions.
- the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be any route of administering the disclosed compounds and compositions.
- the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be any route of administering the disclosed compounds and compositions.
- the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be any route of administering the disclosed compounds and compositions.
- the route of administration can be determined by a patient's health care provider or clinician, for example following an evaluation of the patient.
- an individual patient's therapy may be customized, e.g., the type of agent used, the routes of administration, and the frequency of administration can be personalized.
- therapy may be performed using a standard course of treatment, e.g., using pre-selected agents and pre-selected routes of administration and frequency of administration.
- Systemic routes of administration can include, but are not limited to, parenteral routes of administration, e.g., intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, and intraperitoneal injection; enteral routes of administration e.g., administration by the oral route, lozenges, compressed tablets, pills, tablets, capsules, drops (e.g., ear drops), syrups, suspensions and emulsions; rectal administration, e.g. , a rectal suppository or enema; a vaginal suppository; a urethral suppository; transdermal routes of administration; and inhalation (e.g., nasal sprays).
- parenteral routes of administration e.g., intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, and intraperitoneal injection
- enteral routes of administration e.g., administration by the oral route, lozenges, compressed tablets, pills, tablets, capsules, drops (e.g., ear drops), syrups, suspensions and emulsions
- Table 2 illustrates the effects of the disclosed compounds on hPanK3, as well as various other properties of the disclosed compounds.
- Table 3 illustrates the microsome stability and plasma protein binding of the disclosed compounds.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure relates to chemical compounds that modulate pantothenate kinase (PanK) activity for the treatment of metabolic disorders (such as diabetes mellitus type II), neurologic disorders (such as pantothenate kinase-associated neurodegeneration), pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and their use in treatment. This abstract is intended as a scanning tool for purposes of searching in the particular art and is not intended to be limiting of the present invention.
Description
SMALL MOLECULE MODULATORS OF PANTOTHENATE KINASES
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This Application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.
62/610,831, filed on December 27, 2017, the contents of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
[0001] Pantothenate Kinase (PanK, EC 2.7.1.33) catalyzes the biochemical conversion of pantothenate (vitamin B5) to phosphopantothenate and thereby initiates the biosynthesis of coenzyme A (CoA). In most organisms the activities of the PanK enzymes regulate the CoA intracellular concentration (Leonardi et al. (2005) Prog. Lipid Res. 44: 125-153; Jackowski and Rock (1981) J. Bacteriol. 148: 926-932; Zano et al. (2015) Mol. Genet. Metab. 116:281- 288). CoA is an essential cofactor that functions as a carboxylic acid substrate carrier in various synthetic and oxidative metabolic pathways, such as the tricarboxylic acid cycle, sterol biosynthesis, heme biosynthesis, fatty acid and complex lipid synthesis and metabolism, and epigenetic modification of chromatin. Four closely related active PanK isoforms are identified in mammals: PanKla, PanK i p. PanK2, and PanK3, which are encoded by three genes (Zhou et al. (2001) Nat. Genet. 28: 345-349; Zhang et al. (2005) J. Biol. Chem. 280: 32594-32601; Rock et al. (2002) Gene 291: 35-43). The PanKs regulate cellular CoA through feedback inhibition of the enzyme activity by CoA or CoA thioesters and each isoform responds to inhibition with a different sensitivity (Leonardi et al. (2005) Prog. Lipid Res. 44: 125-153). The PanK isoform expression profiles differ among individual cell types, tissues and organs and the relative abundance of one or more isoforms determines the respective CoA levels (Dansie et al. (2014) Biochem. Soc. Trans. 42: 1033- 1036).
[0002] Mutations in the human PANK2 gene result in a rare and life-threatening neurological disorder known as PanK-associated neurodegeneration (PKAN) (Zhou et al. (2001) Nat. Genet. 28: 345-349; Johnson et al. (2004 ) Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1012: 282-298; Kotzbauer et al. (2005) J. Neurosci. 25: 689-698). PKAN is an inherited autosomal recessive disorder that leads to progressive dystonia, dysarthria, parkinsonism, and pigmentary retinopathy. Classic
PKAN develops in the first 10 years of life, starting around age 3; and patients are at risk for early death. The PANK2 gene is highly expressed in human neuronal tissues and many of the mutations associated with PKAN result in truncated or inactivated PanK2 protein expression, or severely reduced activity (Zhang et al. (2006) J. Biol. Chem. 281: 107-114). The BANK 2 mutations are predicted to result in significantly lower CoA levels, thereby reducing neuronal metabolism and function in PKAN patients. Tools are lacking for investigation of the relationship(s) between CoA levels and neurodegeneration. Activation of the PanKl or PanK3 proteins that are also expressed in neuronal tissues (Leonardi et al. (2007) FEBS Lett. 581:4639-4644) could compensate for the reduction in PanK2 activity because functional
redundancy among the isoforms is demonstrated in the Bank I and Bank 2 mouse models (Leonardi et al. (2010).
[0003] Limitation of the CoA supply by genetic deletion of Pankl in mice blunts the increase in hepatic CoA in response to fasting. This, in turn, decreases fatty acid oxidation and glucose production by the liver resulting in fasting hypoglycemia (Leonardi et al. (2010) PloS one 5: el 1107). Hypoglycemia and a significant reduction in fatty acid and ketone oxidation are the main causes for the early death of the Pankl Bank 2 mice in which both genes are deleted (Garcia et al. (2012) PLoS one 7: e4087l). The ob/ob leptin-deficient mouse is a model of obesity-associated type II diabetes that exhibits abnormally high hepatic CoA (Leonardi et al. (2014) Diabetologia 57: 1466-1475). Consistent with the connection between hepatic CoA levels and glucose homeostasis, deletion of Pankl in the ob/ob mouse reduces hepatic CoA and results in normalization of the diabetic hyperglycemia and associated hyperinsulinemia characteristic of this strain (Leonardi et al. (2014) Diabetologia 57: 1466-1475). A genome-wide association study (Sabatti et al. (2009) Nature Genet. 41: 35-46) indicates a significant correlation betw een BANK! gene variants and insulin levels in humans, supporting the concept that PanK inhibitors may be useful therapeutics for diabetes. Taken together, these data demonstrate the impact of altering the intracellular level of CoA on oxidative metabolism and glucose homeostasis.
[0004] The associations of PanK with diseases like PKAN and diabetes led us to identify and develop PanK activators and inhibitors capable of modulating CoA levels and to assess the feasibility of such compounds as therapeutics in these diseases. We recently disclosed our initial high throughput screening effort towards this goal (Sharma et. al. (2015) J. Med.
Chem. 58: 1563-1568). Our subsequent re-examination, careful filtration of hits and
medicinal chemistry efforts identified new chemotypes capable of modulating PanK activity.
[0005] Despite the documented association of PanK with diseases like PKAN and diabetes, the feasibility of PanK antagonists capable of modulating CoA levels as disease therapeutics is uncertain. Thus, there remains a need for potent modulators of PanK to investigate the role of CoA in disease. The following disclosure describes a group of such compounds, as well as methods for making and using them.
SUMMARY
[0006] In accordance with the purpose(s) of the invention, as embodied and broadly described herein, the invention, in one aspect, relates to compositions and methods for use in the prevention and treatment of disorders associated with pantothenate kinase activity such as, for example, PKAN and diabetes.
[0007] Disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
wherein A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH2C(0), CF2C(0), C(0)CH2, CH2S02, S02, NHC(O), N(CH3)C(0), and CH(OH)C(0); wherein each of Q1 and Q2, when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q3 is N and Q4 is CH or wherein Q4 is N and Q3 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from:
wherein each of Rla and Rlb, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy; wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NO2, -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3; wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl), provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group; and wherein Ar1, when present, is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl), provided that when R3 is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl or C1-C8 alkoxy then R2 is not hydrogen, and provided that when each of Rla and Rlb is hydrogen then one of Q3 and Q4 is N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0008] Also disclosed are methods of making a disclosed compound.
[0009] Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one disclosed compound.
[0010] Also disclosed are methods of modulating pantothenate kinase activity in at least one cell, the method comprising the step of contacting at least one cell with an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0011] Also disclosed are methods of treating a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0012] While aspects of the present invention can be described and claimed in a particular statutory class, such as the system statutory class, this is for convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand that each aspect of the present invention can be described and claimed in any statutory class. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method or aspect set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not specifically state in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow, plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation, or the number or type of aspects described in the specification.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0013] The present invention can be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of the invention and the Examples included therein.
[0014] Before the present compounds, compositions, articles, systems, devices, and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that they are not limited to specific synthetic methods unless otherwise specified, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only and is not intended to be limiting. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those
described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, example methods and materials are now described.
[0015] While aspects of the present invention can be described and claimed in a particular statutory class, such as the system statutory class, this is for convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand that each aspect of the present invention can be described and claimed in any statutory class. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method or aspect set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not specifically state in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow, plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation, or the number or type of aspects described in the specification.
[0016] Throughout this application, various publications are referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this pertains. The references disclosed are also individually and specifically incorporated by reference herein for the material contained in them that is discussed in the sentence in which the reference is relied upon. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided herein may be different from the actual publication dates, which can require independent confirmation.
A. DEFINITIONS
[0017] As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms“a,”“an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to“a functional group,”“an alkyl,” or“a residue” includes mixtures of two or more such functional groups, alkyls, or residues, and the like.
[0018] As used in the specification and in the claims, the term“comprising” can include the aspects“consisting of’ and“consisting essentially of.”
[0019] Ranges can be expressed herein as from“about” one particular value, and/or to
“about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent“about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as“about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value“10” is disclosed, then“about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.
[0020] As used herein, the terms“about” and“at or about” mean that the amount or value in question can be the value designated some other value approximately or about the same. It is generally understood, as used herein, that it is the nominal value indicated ±10% variation unless otherwise indicated or inferred. The term is intended to convey that similar values promote equivalent results or effects recited in the claims. That is, it is understood that amounts, sizes, formulations, parameters, and other quantities and characteristics are not and need not be exact, but can be approximate and/or larger or smaller, as desired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off, measurement error and the like, and other factors known to those of skill in the art. In general, an amount, size, formulation, parameter or other quantity or characteristic is“about” or“approximate” whether or not expressly stated to be such. It is understood that where“about” is used before a quantitative value, the parameter also includes the specific quantitative value itself, unless specifically stated otherwise.
[0021] References in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weight of a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weight relationship between the element or component and any other elements or components in the composition or article for which a part by weight is expressed. Thus, in a compound containing 2 parts by weight of component X and 5 parts by weight component Y, X and Y are present at a weight ratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whether additional components are contained in the compound.
[0022] A weight percent (wt. %) of a component, unless specifically stated to the contrary, is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
[0023] As used herein, the terms“optional” or“optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
[0024] As used herein, the term“subject” can be a vertebrate, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. Thus, the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal. A patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder. The term“patient” includes human and veterinary subjects.
[0025] As used herein, the term“treatment” refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder. This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In addition, this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In various aspects, the term covers any treatment of a subject, including a mammal (e.g., a human), and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development; or (iii) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal such as a primate, and, in a further aspect, the subject is a human. The term “subject” also includes domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), and laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc.).
[0026] As used herein, the term“prevent” or“preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by
advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed.
[0027] As used herein, the term“diagnosed” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by the compounds, compositions, or methods disclosed herein.
[0028] As used herein, the terms“administering” and“administration” refer to any method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject. Such methods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration, administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topical administration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration, intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectal administration, sublingual administration, buccal administration, and parenteral administration, including injectable such as intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration, intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration. Administration can be continuous or intermittent. In various aspects, a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition.
[0029] As used herein, the terms“effective amount” and“amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition. For example, a“therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms, but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration. Consequently, single dose
compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. The dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered in a“prophylactically effective amount”; that is, an amount effective for prevention of a disease or condition.
[0030] As used herein,“dosage form” means a pharmacologically active material in a medium, carrier, vehicle, or device suitable for administration to a subject. A dosage form can comprise a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, or a salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, such as a preservative, buffer, saline, or phosphate buffered saline. Dosage forms can be made using conventional pharmaceutical manufacturing and compounding techniques.
Dosage forms can comprise inorganic or organic buffers (e.g., sodium or potassium salts of phosphate, carbonate, acetate, or citrate) and pH adjustment agents (e.g., hydrochloric acid, sodium or potassium hydroxide, salts of citrate or acetate, amino acids and their salts) antioxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, alpha-tocopherol), surfactants (e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, polyoxyethylene9-l0 nonyl phenol, sodium desoxycholate), solution and/or cryo/lyo stabilizers (e.g., sucrose, lactose, mannitol, trehalose), osmotic adjustment agents (e.g., salts or sugars), antibacterial agents (e.g., benzoic acid, phenol, gentamicin), antifoaming agents (e.g., polydimethylsilozone), preservatives (e.g., thimerosal, 2- phenoxy ethanol, EDTA), polymeric stabilizers and viscosity-adjustment agents (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone, poloxamer 488, carboxymethylcellulose) and co-solvents (e.g., glycerol, polyethylene glycol, ethanol). A dosage form formulated for injectable use can have a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, or a salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, suspended in sterile saline solution for injection together with a preservative.
[0031] As used herein,“kit” means a collection of at least two components constituting the kit. Together, the components constitute a functional unit for a given purpose. Individual member components may be physically packaged together or separately. For example, a kit comprising an instruction for using the kit may or may not physically include the instruction with other individual member components. Instead, the instruction can be supplied as a
separate member component, either in a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation.
[0032] As used herein,“instruction(s)” means documents describing relevant materials or methodologies pertaining to a kit. These materials may include any combination of the following: background information, list of components and their availability information (purchase information, etc.), brief or detailed protocols for using the kit, trouble-shooting, references, technical support, and any other related documents. Instructions can be supplied with the kit or as a separate member component, either as a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation. Instructions can comprise one or multiple documents, and are meant to include future updates.
[0033] As used herein, the terms“therapeutic agent” include any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active compound or composition of matter which, when administered to an organism (human or nonhuman animal), induces a desired pharmacologic,
immunogenic, and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action. The term therefore encompasses those compounds or chemicals traditionally regarded as drugs, vaccines, and biopharmaceuticals including molecules such as proteins, peptides, hormones, nucleic acids, gene constructs and the like. Examples of therapeutic agents are described in well-known literature references such as the Merck Index (14L edition), the Physicians' Desk Reference (64th edition), and The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (12L edition) , and they include, without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of a disease or illness; substances that affect the structure or function of the body, or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a physiological environment. For example, the term“therapeutic agent” includes compounds or compositions for use in all of the major therapeutic areas including, but not limited to, adjuvants; anti-infectives such as antibiotics and antiviral agents; analgesics and analgesic combinations, anorexics, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-epileptics, local and general anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, antiadrenergics, antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients,
antiarthritics, antiasthmatic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antinauseants, antineoplastics, antipruritics, antipyretics; antispasmodics, cardiovascular preparations (including calcium channel blockers, beta-blockers, beta-agonists and antiarrythmics), antihypertensives, diuretics, vasodilators; central nervous system stimulants; cough and cold preparations; decongestants; diagnostics; hormones; bone growth stimulants and bone resorption inhibitors; immunosuppressives; muscle relaxants; psychostimulants; sedatives; tranquilizers; proteins, peptides, and fragments thereof (whether naturally occurring, chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced); and nucleic acid molecules (polymeric forms of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides (RNA) or deoxyribonucleotides (DNA) including both double- and single-stranded molecules, gene constructs, expression vectors, antisense molecules and the like), small molecules (e.g., doxorubicin) and other biologically active macromolecules such as, for example, proteins and enzymes. The agent may be a biologically active agent used in medical, including veterinary, applications and in agriculture, such as with plants, as well as other areas. The term "therapeutic agent" also includes without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of disease or illness; or substances which affect the structure or function of the body; or pro- drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a predetermined physiological environment.
[0034] The term“pharmaceutically acceptable” describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e. , without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.
[0035] As used herein, the term“derivative” refers to a compound having a structure derived from the structure of a parent compound (e.g., a compound disclosed herein) and whose structure is sufficiently similar to those disclosed herein and based upon that similarity, would be expected by one skilled in the art to exhibit the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds, or to induce, as a precursor, the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds. Exemplary derivatives include salts, esters, amides, salts of esters or amides, and N-oxides of a parent compound.
[0036] As used herein, the term“pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use.
Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants. These compositions can also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such as paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues. The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable media just prior to use. Suitable inert carriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.
[0037] A residue of a chemical species, as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to the moiety that is the resulting product of the chemical species in a particular reaction scheme or subsequent formulation or chemical product, regardless of whether the moiety is actually obtained from the chemical species. Thus, an ethylene glycol residue in a polyester refers to one or more -OCH2CH2O- units in the polyester, regardless of whether ethylene glycol was used to prepare the polyester. Similarly, a sebacic acid residue in a polyester refers to one or more -CO(CH2)8CO- moieties in the polyester, regardless of whether the residue is obtained by reacting sebacic acid or an ester thereof to obtain the polyester.
[0038] As used herein, the term“substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms“substitution” or“substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. It is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e.. further substituted or unsubstituted).
[0039] In defining various terms,“A1,”“A2,”“A3,” and“A4” are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.
[0040] The term“aliphatic” or“aliphatic group,” as used herein, denotes a hydrocarbon moiety that may be straight-chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, or cyclic (including fused, bridging, and spirofused polycyclic) and may be completely saturated or may contain one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
[0041] The term“alkyl” as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, isopropyl, «-butyl, isobutyl, s- butyl, /-butyl, «-pentyl, isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. The alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic. The alkyl group can be branched or unbranched. The alkyl group can also
be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein. A“lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms. The term alkyl group can also be a Cl alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, and the like up to and including a C1-C24 alkyl.
[0042] Throughout the specification“alkyl” is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group.
For example, the term“halogenated alkyl” or“haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
Alternatively, the term“monohaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with a single halide, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. The term “polyhaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is independently substituted with two or more halides, i.e. each halide substituent need not be the same halide as another halide substituent, nor do the multiple instances of a halide substituent need to be on the same carbon. The term“alkoxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below. The term“aminoalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups. The term“hydroxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups. When“alkyl” is used in one instance and a specific term such as“hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term“alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as“hydroxyalkyl” and the like.
[0043] This practice is also used for other groups described herein. That is, while a term such as“cycloalkyl” refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyl moieties, the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an“alky ley cloalkyl.” Similarly, a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a“halogenated alkoxy,” a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g., an“alkenylalcohol,” and the like. Again, the practice of using a general term, such as“cycloalkyl,” and a specific term, such as“alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the general term does not also include the specific term.
[0044] The term“cycloalkyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbomyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term“cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -NH2, (C1-C4) alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, ether, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, -N02, silyl, sulfo-oxo, -SH, and C1-C4 thioalkyl, as described herein.
[0045] The term“polyalkylene group” as used herein is a group having two or more CTT groups linked to one another. The polyalkylene group can be represented by the formula— (CH2)a— , where“a” is an integer of from 2 to 500.
[0046] The terms“alkoxy” and“alkoxyl” as used herein to refer to an alkyl or cycloalkyl group bonded through an ether linkage; that is, an“alkoxy” group can be defined as— OA1 where A1 is alkyl or cycloalkyl as defined above. “Alkoxy” also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a poly ether such as— OA1— OA2 or— OA1— (OA2)a— OA3, where“a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A1, A2, and A3 are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.
[0047] The term“alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
Asymmetric structures such as (A1A2)C=C(A3A4) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C=C. The alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
[0048] The term“cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring
composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bound, i.e., C=C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl,
cyclohexadienyl, norbomenyl, and the like. The term“heterocycloalkenyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with 0, 1,
2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldeyhyde, -NEE, (Cl- C4) alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, ketone, azide, -N02, silyl, sulfo-oxo, -SH, and C1-C4 thioalkyl, as described herein.
[0049] The term“alkynyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. The alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
[0050] The term“cycloalkynyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound. Examples of cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like. The term“heterocycloalkynyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
[0051] The term“aromatic group” as used herein refers to a ring structure having cyclic clouds of delocalized p electrons above and below the plane of the molecule, where the p clouds contain (4n+2) p electrons. A further discussion of aromaticity is found in Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, (5th Ed., 1987), Chapter 13, entitled“Aromaticity,” pages 477-497, incorporated herein by reference. The term“aromatic group” is inclusive of both aryl and heteroaryl groups.
[0052] The term“aryl” as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, anthracene, and the like. The aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde,— NEE, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term“biaryl” is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of“aryl.” In addition, the aryl group can be a single ring structure or comprise multiple ring structures that are either fused ring structures or attached via one or more bridging groups such as a carbon- carbon bond. For example, biaryl can be two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
[0053] The term“aldehyde” as used herein is represented by the formula— C(0)H.
Throughout this specification“C(O)” or“CO” is a short hand notation for a carbonyl group, i.e., C=0.
[0054] The terms“amine” or“amino” as used herein are represented by the formula—
NA1 A2 where A1 and A2 can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. A specific example of amino is— NEE.
[0055] The term“alkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula— NH(-alkyl) where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, and the like.
[0056] The term“dialkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula— N(-alkyl)2 where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N- ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.
[0057] The term“carboxylic acid” as used herein is represented by the formula— C(0)OH.
[0058] The term“ester” as used herein is represented by the formula— 0C(0)A1 or— C(0)0A1, where A1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term“polyester” as used herein is represented by the formula— (A10(0)C-A2-C(0)0)a— or— (A10(0)C-A2-0C(0))a— , where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and“a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used to describe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compound having at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups.
[0059] The term“ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A'OA2. where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein. The term“polyether” as used herein is represented by the formula— (A10-A20)a— , where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and“a” is an integer of from 1 to 500. Examples of polyether groups include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and polybutylene oxide.
[0060] The terms“halo,”“halogen,” or“halide,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.
[0061] The terms“pseudohalide,”“pseudohalogen,” or“pseudohalo,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to functional groups that behave substantially similar to halides. Such functional groups include, by way of example, cyano, thiocyanato, azido, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, perfluoroalkyl, and perfluoroalkoxy groups.
[0062] The term“heteroalkyl,” as used herein refers to an alkyl group containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quatemized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
[0063] The term“heteroaryl,” as used herein refers to an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus, where N-oxides, sulfur oxides, and dioxides are permissible heteroatom substitutions. The heteroaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The heteroaryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. Heteroaryl groups can be monocyclic, or alternatively fused ring systems. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, /V-methylpyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, and pyrazolopyrimidinyl. Further not limiting examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofri] oxazolyl, benzo| c/| thiazolyl. quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, imidazo[l,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, benzo[c][l,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][ 1,2, 5] oxadiazolyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl.
[0064] The terms“heterocycle” or“heterocyclyl,” as used herein can be used
interchangeably and refer to single and multi-cyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Thus, the term is inclusive of, but not limited to,“heterocycloalkyl”,“heteroaryl”,“bicyclic heterocycle” and“polycyclic heterocycle.” Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3- oxadiazole, l,2,5-oxadiazole and l,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including, l,2,3-thiadiazole, l,2,5-thiadiazole, and l,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole, including, 1,2, 3-triazole, 1,3, 4-triazole, tetrazole, including l,2,3,4-tetrazole and l,2,4,5-tetrazole, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, including l,2,4-triazine and l,3,5-triazine, tetrazine, including l,2,4,5-tetrazine, pyrrolidine,
piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, azetidine, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, and the like. The term heterocyclyl group can also be a C2 heterocyclyl, C2-C3 heterocyclyl, C2- C4 heterocyclyl, C2-C5 heterocyclyl, C2-C6 heterocyclyl, C2-C7 heterocyclyl, C2-C8 heterocyclyl, C2-C9 heterocyclyl, C2-C10 heterocyclyl, C2-C11 heterocyclyl, and the like up to and including a C2-C18 heterocyclyl. For example, a C2 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has two carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, aziridinyl, diazetidinyl, dihydrodiazetyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, and the like. Alternatively, for example, a C5 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has five carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl,
tetrahydrothiopyranyl, diazepanyl, pyridinyl, and the like. It is understood that a heterocyclyl group may be bound either through a heteroatom in the ring, where chemically possible, or one of carbons comprising the heterocyclyl ring.
[0065] The term“bicyclic heterocycle” or“bicyclic heterocyclyl,” as used herein refers to a ring system in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein an aromatic ring is fused with another aromatic ring, or wherein an aromatic ring is fused with a non-aromatic ring. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein a benzene ring is fused to a 5- or a 6- membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms or wherein a pyridine ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms. Bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, indolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, l,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- chromenyl, lH-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-3-yl; lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl; and 1H- pyrazolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl.
[0066] The term“heterocycloalkyl” as used herein refers to an aliphatic, partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to l4-membered ring system, including single rings of 3 to 8 atoms and bi- and tricyclic ring systems. The heterocycloalkyl ring-systems include one to four heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein a nitrogen and sulfur heteroatom optionally can be oxidized and a nitrogen heteroatom optionally can be substituted. Representative heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuryl.
[0067] The term“hydroxy” or“hydroxyl” as used herein is represented by the formula— OH.
[0068] The term“ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula A1C(0)A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
[0069] The term“azide” or“azido” as used herein is represented by the formula— N3.
[0070] The term“nitro” as used herein is represented by the formula— NO2.
[0071] The term“nitrile” or“cyano” as used herein is represented by the formula— CN or— CºN.
[0072] The term“silyl” as used herein is represented by the formula— SiA1A2A3, where A1, A2, and A3 can be, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
[0073] The term“sulfo-oxo” as used herein is represented by the formulas— S(0)A'.— SiO^A1,— 0S(0)2A1, or— 0S(0)20A1, where A1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. Throughout this specification“S(O)” is a short hand notation for S=0. The term“sulfonyl” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the formula— S(0)2A1, where A1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term“sulfone” as used herein is represented by the formula A1S(0)2A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term“sulfoxide” as used herein is represented by the formula A1S(0)A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
[0074] The term“thiol” as used herein is represented by the formula— SH.
[0075]“R1,”“R2,”“R3,”“Rn,” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above. For example, if R1 is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like. Depending upon the
groups that are selected, a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e.. attached) to the second group. For example, with the phrase“an alkyl group comprising an amino group,” the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively, the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
[0076] As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain“optionally substituted” moieties. In general, the term“substituted,” whether preceded by the term“optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogen of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an“optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. In is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e.. further substituted or unsubstituted).
[0077] The term“stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain aspects, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
[0078] Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an“optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; -(CFb)o-4R°; -(CTF)o 4OR0: -0(CH2)o-4R°, - 0-(CH2)O^C(0)OR°; -(CH2)O 4CH(OR°)2; -(CH2)O 4SR°; -(CH2)O 4Ph, which may be substituted with R°; -(CH2)o-40(CH2)o iPh which may be substituted with R°; -CH=CHPh, which may be substituted with R°; -(CH2)o^O(CH2)o i-pyridyl which may be substituted with R°; -N02; -CN; -N3; -(CH2)O 4N(R°)2; -(CH2)O 4N(R°)C(0)R°; -N(R°)C(S)R°; - (CH2)O 4N(R°)C(0)NR0 2; -N(R°)C(S)NR°2; -(CH2)O 4N(R°)C(0)OR°; - N(R°)N(R°)C(0)R°; -N(R°)N(R°)C(0)NR0 2; -N(R°)N(R°)C(0)OR°; -(CH2)0 4C(0)R°; - C(S)R°; -(CFF)o 4C(0)OR°: -(CH2)O^C(0)SR°; -(CH2)O 4C(0)0SiR°3; -(CH2)0 4OC(0)R°; -OC(0)(CH2)o 4SR-, SC(S)SR°; -(CH2)o 4SC(0)R°: -(CH2)0 4C(0)NR°2; -C(S)NR°2; - C(S)SR°; -(CH2)O 40C(0)NR°2; -C(0)N(OR°)R°; -C(0)C(0)R°; -C(0)CH2C(0)R°; -
C(NOR°)R°; -(CH2)O 4SSR°; -(CH2)O 4S(0)2R°; -(CH2)O 4S(0)20R°; -(CH2)O 40S(0)2R°; - S(0)2NR°2; -(CH2)O 4S(0)R°: -N(R°)S(0)2NR°2; -N(R°)S(0)2R°; -N(OR°)R°; - C(NH)NR°2; -P(0)2R°; -P(0)R°2; -0P(0)R°2; -0P(0)(0R°)2; SiR°3; -(Ci^ straight or branched alkylene)0-N(R°)2; or -(Ci-4 straight or branched alkylene)C(0)0-N(R°)2, wherein each R° may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, Ci- 6 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o iPh, -CH2-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6- membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R°, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12- membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.
[0079] Suitable monovalent substituents on R° (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of R° together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, - (CH2)O 2R·, -(haloR*), -(CH2)o 2OH, -(CH2)o 2OR*, -(CH2)o 2CH(OR*)2; -0(haloR*), -CN, -N3, -(CH2)O 2C(0)R·, -(CH2)O 2C(0)0H, -(CH2)O 2C(0)0R·, -(CH2)O 2SR·, -(CH2)O 2SH, -(CH2)Q 2NH2, -(CH2)O 2NHR·, -(CH2)O 2NR*2, -N02, -SiR*3, -OSiR*3, -C(0)SR* -(Ci 4 straight or branched alkylene)C(0)0R*, or -SSR* wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by“halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from C i 4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of R° include =0 and =S.
[0080] Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an“optionally substituted” group include the following: =0, =S, =NNR* 2, =NNHC(0)R*, =NNHC(0)0R*, =NNHS(0)2R*, =NR*, =NOR*, -0(C(R* 2))2 30-, or -S(C(R* 2))2-3S-, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, Ci-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an“optionally substituted” group include: -0(CR* 2)2 30-. wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be
substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0081] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, - R·, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -0(haloR*), -CN, -C(0)0H, -C(0)0R*, -NH2, -NHR*, -NR*2, or -N02, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by“halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci-4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0082] Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an“optionally substituted” group include -R†, -NR† 2, -C(0)R†, -C(0)OR†, -C(0)C(0)R†, -C(0)CH2C(0)R†, - S(0)2R†. -S(0)2NR† 2, -C(S)NR† 2, -C(NH)NR† 2, or -N(R†)S(0)2R†: wherein each R† is independently hydrogen, Ci-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted -OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R†, taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-l2-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0083] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R† are independently halogen, - R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -0(haloR*), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH2, -NHR*, -NR*2, or -N02, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by“halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci-4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0084] The term“leaving group” refers to an atom (or a group of atoms) with electron withdrawing ability that can be displaced as a stable species, taking with it the bonding electrons. Examples of suitable leaving groups include halides and sulfonate esters, including, but not limited to, triflate, mesylate, tosylate, and brosylate.
[0085] The terms“hydrolysable group” and“hydrolysable moiety” refer to a functional group capable of undergoing hydrolysis, e.g., under basic or acidic conditions. Examples of
hydrolysable residues include, without limitation, acid halides, activated carboxylic acids, and various protecting groups known in the art (see, for example,“Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).
[0086] The term“organic residue” defines a carbon containing residue, i.e. , a residue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is not limited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals defined hereinabove. Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or be bonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residues include but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy or substituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc. Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15, carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic residue can comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
[0087] A very close synonym of the term“residue” is the term“radical,” which as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to a fragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein, regardless of how the molecule is prepared. For example, a 2,4- thiazobdinedione radical in a particular compound has the structure:
regardless of whether thiazobdinedione is used to prepare the compound. In some embodiments the radical (for example an alkyl) can be further modified (i.e.. substituted alkyl) by having bonded thereto one or more“substituent radicals.” The number of atoms in a given radical is not critical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contrary elsewhere herein.
[0088]“Organic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain one or more carbon atoms. An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1- 12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic radical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms. Organic radicals often have
hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic radical. One example, of an organic radical that comprises no inorganic atoms is a 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl radical. In some embodiments, an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like. Examples of organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, di-substituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamide, substituted alkylcarboxamide,
dialkylcarboxamide, substituted dialkylcarboxamide, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfmyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein. A few non-limiting examples of organic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals, trifluoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethylamino radicals and the like.
[0089] “Inorganic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain no carbon atoms and therefore comprise only atoms other than carbon. Inorganic radicals comprise bonded combinations of atoms selected from hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, and halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, which can be present individually or bonded together in their chemically stable combinations. Inorganic radicals have 10 or fewer, or preferably one to six or one to four inorganic atoms as listed above bonded together. Examples of inorganic radicals include, but not limited to, amino, hydroxy, halogens, nitro, thiol, sulfate, phosphate, and like commonly known inorganic radicals. The inorganic radicals do not have bonded therein the metallic elements of the periodic table (such as the alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, lanthanide metals, or actinide metals), although such metal ions can sometimes serve as a pharmaceutically acceptable cation for anionic inorganic radicals such as a sulfate, phosphate, or like anionic inorganic radical. Inorganic radicals do not comprise metalloids elements such as boron, aluminum, gallium, germanium, arsenic, tin, lead, or tellurium, or the noble gas elements, unless otherwise specifically indicated elsewhere herein.
[0090] Compounds described herein can contain one or more double bonds and, thus, potentially give rise to cis/trans (E/Z) isomers, as well as other conformational isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures of such isomers.
[0091] Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture.
Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, are also included. During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.
[0092] Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms having the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they are non- superimposable mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture. Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula. As is used in the art, when it is desired to specify the absolute configuration about a chiral carbon, one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane). The Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
[0093] Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance
and in non-natural abundance. The disclosed compounds can be isotopically-labeled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 0, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively. Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof, and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e. , 3 H, and carbon-l4, /. e.. 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. , 2 H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances.
Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non- isotopically labeled reagent.
[0094] The compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate. In some cases, the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate. The compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution. In this connection, one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvent or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible solvates.
[0095] The term“co-crystal” means a physical association of two or more molecules which owe their stability through non-covalent interaction. One or more components of this molecular complex provide a stable framework in the crystalline latice. In certain instances, the guest molecules are incorporated in the crystalline lathee as anhydrates or solvates, see e.g.“Crystal Engineering of the Composition of Pharmaceutical Phases. Do Pharmaceutical Co-crystals Represent a New Path to Improved Medicines?” Almarasson, O., et. al, The
Royal Society of Chemistry, 1889-1896, 2004. Examples of co-crystals include p- toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid.
[0096] It is also appreciated that certain compounds described herein can be present as an equilibrium of tautomers. For example, ketones with an a-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.
keto form enol form amide form imidic acid form
Likewise, amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form. As another example, pyrazoles can exist in two tautomeric forms, N1- unsubstituted, 3-A3 and A1 -unsubstituted, 5-A3 as shown below.
Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible tautomers.
[0097] It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications. The different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties. The compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.
which is understood to be equivalent to a formula:
wherein n is typically an integer. That is, R" is understood to represent five independent substituents, R"(a), R",bl. R"(c), R"(d), R"(e). By“independent substituents,” it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance R"(a) is halogen, then R",bl is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
[0099] Certain materials, compounds, compositions, and components disclosed herein can be obtained commercially or readily synthesized using techniques generally known to those of skill in the art. For example, the starting materials and reagents used in preparing the disclosed compounds and compositions are either available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wis.), Acros Organics (Morris Plains, N.J.), Fisher Scientific (Pittsburgh, Pa.), or Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.) or are prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art following procedures set forth in references such as Fieser and Fieser’s Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd’s Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and supplemental volumes (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition); and Larock’s
Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989).
[00100] Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order.
Accordingly, where a method claim does not actually recite an order to be followed by its steps or it is not otherwise specifically stated in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including: matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow; plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation; and the number or type of embodiments described in the specification.
[00101] Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions of the invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used within the methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when
combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of the compound and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individually recited each is individually and collectively
contemplated meaning combinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considered disclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using the compositions of the invention. Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific embodiment or combination of embodiments of the methods of the invention.
[00102] It is understood that the compositions disclosed herein have certain functions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures that can perform the same function that are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will typically achieve the same result.
B. COMPOUNDS
[00103] In one aspect, disclosed are compounds useful in treating or preventing a disorder associated with PanK activity such as, for example, PKAN and diabetes. In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds exhibit modulation of PanK activity. In a still further aspect, the disclosed compounds exhibit inhibition of PanK activity. In yet a further aspect, the disclosed compounds exhibit activation of PanK activity.
[00104] In one aspect, the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment or prevention of disorders associated with PanK dysfunction and other diseases in which PanKs
or altered levels of CoA and CoA esters are involved, as further described herein.
[00105] It is contemplated that each disclosed derivative can be optionally further substituted. It is also contemplated that any one or more derivative can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed compound can be provided by the disclosed methods. It is also understood that the disclosed compounds can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
1. STRUCTURE
[00106] In one aspect, disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
wherein A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH2C(0), CF2C(0), C(0)CH2, CH2S02, S02, NHC(O), N(CH3)C(0), and CH(0H)C(0); wherein each of Q1 and Q2, when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q3 is N and Q4 is CH or wherein Q3 is N and Q4 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from:
wherein each of Rla and Rlb, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy; wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -N02, -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3; wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl), provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group; and wherein Ar1, when present, is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl), provided that when R3 is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl or C1-C8 alkoxy then R2 is not hydrogen, and provided that when each of Rla and Rlb is hydrogen then one of Q3 and Q4 is N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00109] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
[00110] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
[00111] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
[00112] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
[00113] In a further aspect, the compound is selected from:
[00114] In a further aspect, the compound is:
[00115] In one aspect, A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH2C(OX CF2C(0), C(0)CH2, CH2S02, S02, NHC(O), N(CH3)C(0), and CH(0H)C(0).
[00116] In a further aspect, A is selected from OC(O) and C(O). In a still further aspect, A is OC(O). In yet a further aspect, A is C(O).
[00117] In a further aspect, A is selected from CH2C(0), CF2C(0), and C(0)CH2. In a further aspect, A is selected from CH2C(0) and C(0)CH2. In yet a further aspect, A is CH2C(0). In an even further aspect, A is C(0)CH2. In a still further aspect, A is CF2C(0).
In yet a further aspect, A is selected from CH2C(0) and CF2C(0).
[00118] In a further aspect, A is selected from CH2S02 and S02. In a still further aspect, A is CH2S02. In yet a further aspect, A is S02.
[00119] In a further aspect, A is selected from NHC(O) and N(CH3)C(0). In a still further aspect, A is NHC(O). In yet a further aspect, A is N(CH3)C(0).
[00120] In a further aspect, A is selected from CH2C(0) and CH(0H)C(0). In a still further aspect, A is CH2C(0). In yet a further aspect, A is CH(0H)C(0). b. Q1 AND Q2 GROUPS
[00121] In one aspect, each of Q1 and Q2, when present, is independently selected from N and CH. In a further aspect, each of Q1 and Q2, when present, is N. In a still further aspect, each of Q1 and Q2, when present, is CH. In yet a further aspect, one of Q1 and Q2, when present, is N and one of Q1 and Q2, when present, is CH.
[00122] In a further aspect, Q1 is N and Q2 is CH. In a still further aspect, Q1 is CH and Q2 is N. c. Q3 AND Q4 GROUPS
[00123] In one aspect, Q3 is N and Q4 is CH or Q4 is N and Q3 is CH. In a further aspect, Q3 is N and Q4 is CH. In a still further aspect, Q4 is N and Q3 is CH.
d. Z GROUPS
[00125] In one aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00127] In a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00128] In a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00132] In a still further aspect, Z is:
[00137] In a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00138] In a still further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00139] In yet a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00140] In an even further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00142] In yet a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00145] In yet a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00148] In yet a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00149] In a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00150] In a still further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00151] In yet a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00152] In an even further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00154] In yet a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00155] In an even further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00157] In yet a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
[00160] In yet a further aspect, Z is a structure selected from:
e. R1A AND RlB GROUPS
[00162] In one aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 thioalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, and C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 thioalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, and C1-C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, one of Rla and Rlb is hydrogen and one of Rla and Rlb is -OH.
[00163] In one aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, and C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is hydrogen.
[00164] In one aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy.
[00165] In a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, /-propyl, «-butyl, /-butyl, /-butyl, and s- butyl. In a still further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, - F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, and methyl.
[00166] In a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, /-propyl, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, - 0(CH2)2CH3, and -OCH(CH3)2. In a still further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, ethyl, -OCH3, and -OCFhCFb. In yet a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -Br, methyl, and -OCH3.
[00167] In a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 thioalkyl. In a still further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -SCH3, -SCFBCFb, -SCFhCFhCFb, and -SCH(CH3)2 . In yet a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -SCH3, and - SCFBCFb. In an even further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and -SCFBCFb. In a still further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and -SCH3.
[00168] In a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.
[00169] In a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, and -Br. In a still further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, and -Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and -I. In an even further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and -Br. In a still further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and -Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of Rla and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen and -F. f. R2 GROUPS
[00170] In one aspect, R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, S02NH2. SChCFb, S02CF3, and N02. In a further aspect, R2 is hydrogen.
[00171] In a further aspect, R2 is selected from -CN, S02NH2. SChCFb, S02CF3, and
NO2. In a still further aspect, R2 is selected from -CN, SO2NH2, SO2CH3, and SO2CF3. In yet a further aspect, R2 is selected from -CN, SO2NH2, and SO2CH3. In an even further aspect, R2 is selected from -CN and SO2NH2. In a still further aspect, R2 is NO2. In yet a further aspect, R2 is SO2CF3. In an even further aspect, R2 is SO2CH3. In a still further aspect, R2 is SO2NH2. In yet a further aspect, R2 is -CN.
[00172] In a further aspect, R2 is selected from hydrogen and halogen. In a still further aspect, R2 is selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, and -Br. In yet a further aspect, R2 is selected from hydrogen, -F, and -Cl. In an even further aspect, R2 is selected from hydrogen and -I. In a still further aspect, R2 is selected from hydrogen and -Br. In yet a further aspect, R2 is selected from hydrogen and -Cl. In an even further aspect, R2 is selected from hydrogen and -F.
[00173] In a further aspect, R2 is selected from -CN and -Cl. g. R3 GROUPS
[00174] In one aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialky lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl), provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group. In a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialky lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialky lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1 group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -
SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
[00175] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, - NC , -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4
monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, Cl- C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
[00176] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and C1-C8 alkoxy. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C4 hydroxy and C1-C4 alkoxy. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from -CH2OH, - CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, - CH2CH2CH2OCH3, and -CH(CH3)CH20CH3. In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, and -CH2CH2OCH3. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from -CH2OH and -CH2OCH3.
[00177] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2,
-CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, - N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4
monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
[00178] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl and cyclopropyl. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C4 hydroxy and cyclopropyl. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from -CH2OH, - CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)CH20H, and cyclopropyl. In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, and cyclopropyl. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from -CH2OH and cyclopropyl.
[00179] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, Cl- C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4
monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4
polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialky lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cl- C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
[00180] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C4 hydroxy. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is - selected from CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, and -CH(CH3)CH2OH. In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from -CH2OH and -CH2CH2OH. In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is propan- l-olyl.
[00181] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 alkoxy substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 alkoxy monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4)
dialk lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
[00182] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cl- C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, - CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, Cl- C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl).
[00183] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 group selected from halogen and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group.
[00184] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl. In a still further aspect,
R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl. In an
even further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl monosubstituted with a group selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl.
[00185] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 halogen groups. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 groups selected from -Cl and -F. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 -Cl groups. In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 -F groups.
[00186] In a further aspect, R3 is a structure selected from:
h. AR1 GROUPS
[00187] In one aspect, Ar1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and substituted with 0,
1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NFF. C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, - NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8
monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, Ar1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8
polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, Ar1 is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and unsubstituted.
[00188] In a further aspect, Ar1 is aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups
independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In a further aspect, Ar1 is aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, Cl- C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, Ar1 is aryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is aryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted aryl.
[00189] In a further aspect, Ar1 is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, Ar1 is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, Cl- C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is phenyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8)
dialk lamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, Ar1 is phenyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted phenyl.
[00190] In a further aspect, Ar1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In a still further aspect, Ar1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0,
1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, Ar1 is heteroaryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl). In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[00191] In a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from furanyl, 3-isopropylisoxazole, 6- isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl, 5-bromopyridin-2-yl, 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl, and substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is selected from furanyl, 3- isopropylisoxazole, 6-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl, 5-bromopyri din-2 -yl, 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, and
pyrimidinyl, and substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, - SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from furanyl, 3-isopropylisoxazole, 6-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5-isopropylpyridin-2-yl, 5- tertbutylpyridin-2-yl, 5-bromopyridin-2-yl, 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 4- pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl, and monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, - CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is selected from furanyl, 3-isopropylisoxazole, 6-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl, 5-isopropylpyridin-2- yl, 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl, 5-bromopyridin-2-yl, 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl, and unsubstituted.
[00192] In a further aspect, Ar1 is furanyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is furanyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is furanyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, - N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted furanyl.
[00193] In a further aspect, Ar1 is 3-isopropylisoxazole substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is 3-isopropylisoxazole substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is 3-isopropylisoxazole monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4
monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted 3-isopropylisoxazole.
[00194] In a further aspect, Ar1 is 6-isopropylpyridin-2-yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2
groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is 6-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is 6-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted 6-isopropylpyridin-2-yl.
[00195] In a further aspect, Ar1 is 5-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is 5-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is 5-isopropylpyri din-2 -yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted 5-isopropylpyridin-2-yl.
[00196] In a further aspect, Ar1 is 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl- C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted 5-tertbutylpyridin-2-yl.
[00197] In a further aspect, Ar1 is 5-bromopyridin-2-yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-
C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is 5-bromopyridin-2-yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is 5-bromopyridin-2-yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted 5-bromopyridin-2-yl.
[00198] In a further aspect, Ar1 is 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is 5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted 5-(prop-l-en- 2-yl)pyridin-2-yl.
[00199] In a further aspect, Ar1 is 3-pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is 3-pyridinyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is 3-pyridinyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted 3-pyridinyl.
[00200] In a further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0 or 1 group
selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted pyridinyl.
[00201] In a further aspect, Ar1 is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl- C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is pyrimidinyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.
2. EXAMPLE COMPOUNDS
[00202] In one aspect, a compound can be present as one or more of the following structures:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00203] In one aspect, a compound can be present as the following structure:
3. PROPHETIC COMPOUND EXAMPLES
[00204] The following compound examples are prophetic, and can be prepared using the synthesis methods described herein above and other general methods as needed as would be known to one skilled in the art. It is anticipated that the prophetic compounds would be active as PanK antagonists, and such activity can be determined using the assay methods described herein.
[00205] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
[00206] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00207] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00209] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
C. METHODS OF MAKING A COMPOUND
[00210] The compounds of this invention can be prepared by employing reactions as shown in the following schemes, in addition to other standard manipulations that are known in the literature, exemplified in the experimental sections or clear to one skilled in the art.
For clarity, examples having a single substituent are shown where multiple substituents are allowed under the definitions disclosed herein.
[00211] Reactions used to generate the compounds of this invention are prepared by employing reactions as shown in the following Reaction Schemes, as described and exemplified below. In certain specific examples, the disclosed compounds can be prepared by Routes I-V, as described and exemplified below. The following examples are provided so that the invention might be more fully understood, are illustrative only, and should not be construed as limiting.
1. ROUTE I
[00212] In one aspect, substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below.
SCHEME lA.
PG-Z
1.1
[00213] Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein; wherein X is halogen and wherein PG is a protecting group. A more specific example is set forth below.
SCHEME IB. a) TEA, CH3CN,
rt, 1 h
1.4 1.5 1.6
[00214] In one aspect, compounds of type 1.6, and similar compounds, can be prepared according to reaction Scheme IB above. Thus, compounds of type 1.3 are either commercially available or can be prepared by an arylation reaction of an appropriate amine, e.g., 1.1 as shown above, and an appropriate aryl halide, e.g., 1.2 as shown above.
Appropriate amines and appropriate aryl halides are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art. The arylation reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g., triethylamine (TEA), in an appropriate solvent, e.g., acetonitrile, at an appropriate temperature, e.g., 160 °C, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 30 minutes using microwave irradiation. The arylation reaction is followed by a deprotection. The deprotection is carried out in the presence of an appropriate deprotecting agent, e.g., trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 1 hour. As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 1.4 and 1.5), can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases similar to Formula 1.6.
2. ROUTE II
[00215] In one aspect, substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases
can be prepared as shown below.
SCHEME 2A.
[00216] Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forth below.
SCHEME 2B.
[00217] In one aspect, compounds of type 2.4, and similar compounds, can be prepared according to reaction Scheme 2B above. Thus, compounds of type 2.2a and 2.2b can be prepared by reaction between an appropriate piperazine, e.g., 1.3 as shown above, and an appropriate isocyanate, e.g., 2.1a and 2.1b as shown above. Appropriate isocyanates are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art. The urea or bond formation reaction is carried out in the presence or absence of an appropriate base, e.g., triethylamine, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane or diethyl ether, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 3 hours. As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 1.6 and 2.3), can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases similar to Formula 2.4.
3. ROUTE III
[00218] In one aspect, substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below.
SCHEME 3A.
[00219] Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein and wherein R is absent or is selected from O, CTU CF2, and CH(OH). A more specific example is set forth below.
SCHEME 3B.
[00220] In one aspect, compounds of type 3.4, and similar compounds, can be prepared according to reaction Scheme 3B above. Thus, compounds of type 3.2a and 3.2b can be prepared by a coupling reaction of an appropriate carboxylic acid, e.g., 3.1a and 3.1b as shown above, with an appropriate amine, e.g., 1.3 as shown above. Appropriate carboxylic acids and appropriate amines are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art. The coupling reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate coupling agent, e.g., l-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-lH-l,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3- oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU), and an appropriate base, e.g., diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane. As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 1.6 and 3.3), can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted
small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases similar to Formula 3.4.
4. ROUTE IV
[00221] In one aspect, substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below.
SCHEME 4A.
[00222] Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein and wherein X is halogen. A more specific example is set forth below.
[00223] In one aspect, compounds of type 4.4, and similar compounds, can be prepared according to reaction Scheme 4B above. Thus, compounds of type 4.2a and 4.2b can be prepared by an alkylation reaction of an appropriate amine, e.g., 1.3 as shown above, with an appropriate alkyl halide, e.g., 4.1a and 4.1b as shown above. Appropriate amines and appropriate alkyl halides are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art. The alkylation reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g., diisopropylethylamine, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 3 hours. As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the
above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 1.6 and 4.3), can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases similar to Formula 4.4.
5. ROUTE V
[00224] In one aspect, substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases can be prepared as shown below.
SCHEME 5A.
[00225] Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein and wherein R is absent or is Cfh. wherein X is halogen, and wherein PG is a protecting group. A more specific example is set forth below.
SCHEME 5B.
MW, 160 °C, 30 min
[00226] In one aspect, compounds of type 5.6, and similar compounds, can be prepared according to reaction Scheme 5B above. Thus, compounds of type 5.2a and 5.2b can be
prepared by a coupling reaction of appropriate sulfonyl chlorides, e.g., 5.1a and 5.1b as shown above, with an appropriate amine, e.g., 1.1 as shown above. Appropriate sulfonyl chlorides and appropriate amines are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art. The coupling reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g., triethyl amine, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., acetonitrile. The coupling reaction is followed by a deprotection. The deprotection is carried out in the presence of an appropriate deprotecting agent, e.g., trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), in an appropriate solvent, e.g., dichloromethane, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 1 hour. Compounds of type 5.4a and 5.4b can be prepared by an arylation reaction of an appropriate sulfonyl agent, e.g., 5.2a and 5.2b, and an appropriate aryl halide, e.g., 5.3 as shown above. Appropriate aryl halides are commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art. The arylation reaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g., triethylamine, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., acetonitrile, at an appropriate temperature, e.g., 160 °C, for an appropriate period of time, e.g., 30 minutes. As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 1.4, 1.5, 5.5, and 5.6), can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases similar to Formula 5.7.
[00227] It is contemplated that each disclosed method can further comprise additional steps, manipulations, and/or components. It is also contemplated that any one or more step, manipulation, and/or component can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed method can be used to provide the disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the products of the disclosed methods can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
D. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
[00228] In one aspect, disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[00229] In various aspects, the compounds and compositions of the invention can be administered in pharmaceutical compositions, which are formulated according to the intended method of administration. The compounds and compositions described herein can be
formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers or excipients. For example, a pharmaceutical composition can be formulated for local or systemic administration, e.g., administration by drops or injection into the ear, insufflation (such as into the ear), intravenous, topical, or oral administration.
[00230] The nature of the pharmaceutical compositions for administration is dependent on the mode of administration and can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. In various aspects, the pharmaceutical composition is sterile or sterilizable. The therapeutic compositions featured in the invention can contain carriers or excipients, many of which are known to skilled artisans. Excipients that can be used include buffers (for example, citrate buffer, phosphate buffer, acetate buffer, and bicarbonate buffer), amino acids, urea, alcohols, ascorbic acid, phospholipids, polypeptides (for example, serum albumin), EDTA, sodium chloride, liposomes, mannitol, sorbitol, water, and glycerol. The nucleic acids, polypeptides, small molecules, and other modulatory compounds featured in the invention can be administered by any standard route of administration. For example, administration can be parenteral, intravenous, subcutaneous, or oral. A modulatory compound can be formulated in various ways, according to the corresponding route of administration. For example, liquid solutions can be made for administration by drops into the ear, for injection, or for ingestion; gels or powders can be made for ingestion or topical application. Methods for making such formulations are well known and can be found in, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA 1990.
[00231] In various aspects, the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions comprise the disclosed compounds (including pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, optionally, other therapeutic ingredients or adjuvants. The instant compositions include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous)
administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
[00232] In various aspects, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt of the compounds of the invention. The compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.
[00233] The pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas. Examples of solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid. Examples of liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water. Examples of gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.
[00234] In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any convenient pharmaceutical media can be employed. For example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like can be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like can be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed. Optionally, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques
[00235] A tablet containing the composition of this invention can be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
[00236] The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of the invention (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents or adjuvants. The instant compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is
being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
[00237] Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration can be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water. A suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose.
Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
[00238] Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions. Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the final injectable form must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability. The pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.
[00239] Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, dusting powder, mouth washes, gargles, and the like. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations can be prepared, utilizing a compound of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
[00240] Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories can be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in molds.
[00241] In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients, the pharmaceutical formulations described above can include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including anti-oxidants) and the like. Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Compositions containing a compound of the invention, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form.
[00242] In a further aspect, an effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In a still further aspect, an effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
[00243] In a further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition is administered to a mammal. In a still further aspect, the mammal is a human. In an even further aspect, the human is a patient.
[00244] In a further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition is used to treat a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity such as, for example, PKAN and diabetes.
[00245] It is understood that the disclosed compositions can be prepared from the disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the disclosed compositions can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
E. METHODS OF TREATING A DISORDER ASSOCIATED WITH PANK ACTIVITY
[00246] In various aspects, the compounds and compositions disclosed herein are useful for treating, preventing, ameliorating, controlling or reducing the risk of a variety of disorders associated with pantothenate kinase activity, including, for example, PKAN, aging and diabetes. Thus, in one aspect, disclosed are methods of treating a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00247] In one aspect, disclosed are methods of treating a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one compound having a structure represented by a formula
selected from:
wherein A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH2C(0), CF2C(0), C(0)CH2, CH2S02, S02, NHC(O), N(CH3)C(0), and CH(0H)C(0); wherein each of Q1 and Q2, when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q3 is N and Q4 is CH or wherein Q4 is N and Q3 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from:
wherein each of Rla and Rlb, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy; wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -N02, -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3; wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl), provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group; and wherein Ar1, when present, is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl), provided that when R3 is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl or C1-C8 alkoxy then R2 is not hydrogen, and provided that when each of Rla and Rlb is hydrogen then one of Q3 and Q4 is N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00248] In various aspects, the disclosed compounds can be used in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment, prevention, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of disorders associated with PanK activity for which disclosed compounds or the other drugs can have utility, where the combination of the drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone. Such other drug(s) can be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of the present invention. When a compound of the present invention is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and a disclosed compound is preferred. However, the combination therapy can also include therapies in which a disclosed compound and one or more other drugs are administered on different overlapping schedules. It is also contemplated that when used in
combination with one or more other active ingredients, the disclosed compounds and the other active ingredients can be used in lower doses than when each is used singly.
Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of the present invention.
[00249] In a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits a decrease in PanK activity.
[00250] In a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 mM to about 25 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 15 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 10 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 5 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 1 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.5 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.1 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.05 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.01 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.001 pM to about 0.005 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.005 pM to about 25 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.01 pM to about 25 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.05 pM to about 25 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.1 pM to about 25 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 0.5 pM to about 25 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 1 pM to about 25 pM. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 5 pM to about 25 pM. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 10 pM to about 25 pM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits
inhibition of PanK activity with an IC50 of from about 15 mM to about 25 mM.
[00251] In a further aspect, the subject is a mammal. In a still further aspect, the mammal is human.
[00252] In a further aspect, the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of the disorder prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject is at risk for developing the disorder prior to the administering step.
[00253] In a further aspect, the method further comprises identifying a subject at risk for developing the disorder prior to the administering step.
[00254] In a further aspect, the disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity is selected from PKAN and diabetes.
F. METHODS OF MODULATING PANK ACTIVITY IN AT LEAST ONE CELL
[00255] In one aspect, disclosed are methods of modulating pantothenate kinase activity in at least one cell, the method comprising the step of contacting the at least one cell with an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further aspect, modulating is inhibiting.
[00256] In one aspect, disclosed are methods of modulating pantothenate kinase activity in at least one cell, the method comprising the step of contacting the at least one cell with an effective amount of at least one compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
wherein A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH2C(0), CF2C(0), C(0)CH2, CH2S02, S02, NHC(O), N(CH3)C(0), and CH(0H)C(0); wherein each of Q1 and Q2, when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q3 is N and Q4 is CH or wherein Q4 is N and Q3 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from:
wherein each of Rla and Rlb, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy; wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -N02, -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3; wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4)
dialk lamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl), provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group; and wherein Ar1, when present, is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl), provided that when R3 is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl or C1-C8 alkoxy then R2 is not hydrogen, and provided that when each of Rla and Rlb is hydrogen then one of Q3 and Q4 is N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00257] In a further aspect, the cell is mammalian. In a still further aspect, the cell is human. In yet a further aspect, the cell has been isolated from a mammal prior to the contacting step.
[00258] In a further aspect, contacting is via administration to a mammal. In a still further aspect, the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity prior to the administering step. In yet a further aspect, the disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity is selected from PKAN and diabetes. In an even further aspect, the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for modulating pantothenate kinase activity prior to the administering step.
[00259] In a further aspect, modulating is inhibiting.
G. METHODS OF USING THE COMPOSITIONS
[00260] Provided are methods of using of a disclosed composition or medicament. In one aspect, the method of use is directed to the treatment of a disorder. In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds can be used as single agents or in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment, prevention, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of the aforementioned diseases, disorders and conditions for which the compound or the other drugs have utility, where the combination of drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone. The other drug(s) can be administered by a route and in an amount commonly used therefore, contemporaneously or sequentially with a disclosed compound. When a disclosed compound is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a
pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such drugs and the disclosed compound is preferred. However, the combination therapy can also be administered on
overlapping schedules. It is also envisioned that the combination of one or more active ingredients and a disclosed compound can be more efficacious than either as a single agent.
[00261] The pharmaceutical compositions and methods of the present invention can further comprise other therapeutically active compounds as noted herein which are usually applied in the treatment of the above mentioned pathological conditions.
1. MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICAMENT
[00262] In one aspect, the invention relates to a method for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disorder associated with PanK dysfunction in a mammal, the method comprising combining a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or product of a disclosed method with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
[00263] As regards these applications, the present method includes the administration to an animal, particularly a mammal, and more particularly a human, of a therapeutically effective amount of the compound effective in the inhibition of protein and especially PanK. The dose administered to an animal, particularly a human, in the context of the present invention should be sufficient to affect a therapeutic response in the animal over a reasonable time frame. One skilled in the art will recognize that dosage will depend upon a variety of factors including the condition of the animal, the body weight of the animal, as well as the severity and stage of the disorder.
[00264] Thus, in one aspect, the invention relates to the manufacture of a medicament comprising combining a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
2. USE OF COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
[00265] Also provided are the uses of the disclosed compounds and compositions. Thus, in one aspect, the invention relates to the uses of modulators of PanK.
[00266] In a further aspect, the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compound or product of a disclosed method in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder associated with PanK activity and associated Coenzyme A levels such as, for example, PKAN and diabetes.
[00267] In a further aspect, the use relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for use as a medicament.
[00268] In a further aspect, the use relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method, wherein a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with a therapeutically effective amount of the disclosed compound or the product of a disclosed method.
[00269] In various aspects, the use relates to the treatment of PKAN in a vertebrate animal. In a further aspect, the use relates to the treatment of PKAN in a human subject.
[00270] In a further aspect, the use is the treatment of diabetes. In a still further aspect, the diabetes is type II diabetes.
[00271] It is understood that the disclosed uses can be employed in connection with the disclosed compounds, methods, compositions, and kits. In a further aspect, the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compound or composition of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder associated with PanK activity in a mammal.
[00272] In a further aspect, the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compound or composition in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder associated with PanK activity selected from PKAN and diabetes.
3. KITS
[00273] In one aspect, disclosed are kits comprising a disclosed compound and one or more of: (a) at least one agent known to treat PKAN; (b) at least one agent known to treat diabetes; (c) instructions for treating PKAN; and (d) instructions for treating diabetes, metabolic syndrome, and/or side effects of aging.
[00274] In various aspects, the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be provided in a kit. The kit can also include combinations of the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
[00275] In various aspects, the informational material can be descriptive, instructional, marketing or other material that relates to the methods described herein and/or to the use of the agents for the methods described herein. For example, the informational material may relate to the use of the agents herein to treat a subject who has, or who is at risk for developing, a disorder associated with PanK activity. The kits can also include paraphernalia for administering the agents of this invention to a cell (in culture or in vivo) and/or for administering a cell to a patient.
[00276] In various aspects, the informational material can include instructions for administering the pharmaceutical composition and/or cell(s) in a suitable manner to treat a human, e.g., in a suitable dose, dosage form, or mode of administration (e.g., a dose, dosage form, or mode of administration described herein). In a further aspect, the informational material can include instructions to administer the pharmaceutical composition to a suitable subject, e.g., a human having, or at risk for developing, a disorder associated with PanK activity.
[00277] In various aspects, the composition of the kit can include other ingredients, such as a solvent or buffer, a stabilizer, a preservative, a fragrance or other cosmetic ingredient. In such aspects, the kit can include instructions for admixing the agent and the other ingredients, or for using one or more compounds together with the other ingredients.
[00278] In a further aspect, the compound and the at least one agent known to treat PKAN are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, the compound and the at least one agent known to treat PKAN are co-packaged.
[00279] In a further aspect, the compound and the at least one agent known to treat diabetes are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, the compound and the at least one agent known to treat diabetes are co-packaged.
[00280] In a further aspect, the at least one agent known to treat PKAN is selected from baclofen, trihexyphenidyl, botulinum toxin, and an iron chelating agent. In a still further aspect, the iron chelating agent is deferriprone.
[00281] In a further aspect, the kit further comprises a plurality of dosage forms, the plurality comprising one or more doses; wherein each dose comprises an effective amount of the compound and the at least one agent known to treat PKAN. In a still further aspect, the
effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In yet a further aspect, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount. In an even further aspect, each dose of the compound and at least one agent known to treat PKAN are co-packaged. In a still further aspect, each dose of the compound and the at least one agent known to treat PKAN are co formulated.
[00282] In a further aspect, the at least one agent known to treat diabetes is selected from insulin, albiglutide, exenatide, liraglutide, pramlintide, dulaglutide, acarbose, alogliptin, bromocriptine mesylate, canagliflozin, chlorpropamide, colesevelam, dapagliflozin, empagliflozin, glimepiride, glipizide, glyburide, linagliptin, metformin, miglitol, nateglinide, pioglitazone, repaglinide, rosiglitazone, saxagliptin, and sitagliptin.
[00283] In a further aspect, the kit further comprises a plurality of dosage forms, the plurality comprising one or more doses; wherein each dose comprises an effective amount of the compound and at least one agent known to treat diabetes. In a still further aspect, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In yet a further aspect, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount. In an even further aspect, each dose of the compound and at least one agent known to treat diabetes are co-packaged. In a still further aspect, each dose of the compound and at least one agent known to treat diabetes are co formulated.
4. SUBJECTS
[00284] In various aspects, the subject of the herein disclosed methods is a vertebrate, e.g., a mammal. Thus, the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered. A patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder. The term“patient” includes human and veterinary subjects.
[00285] In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed method, the subject has been diagnosed with a disorder associated with PanK activity prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been identified with a need for treatment prior to the administering step. In one aspect, a subject can be treated prophylactically with a compound or composition disclosed herein, as discussed
herein elsewhere. a. DOSAGE
[00286] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures, using either cells in culture or experimental animals to determine the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Polypeptides or other compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
[00287] Data obtained from cell culture assays and further animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity, and with little or no adverse effect on a human's ability to hear. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any agents used in the methods described herein, the
therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (that is, the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half- maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Exemplary dosage amounts of a differentiation agent are at least from about 0.01 to 3000 mg per day, e.g., at least about 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, or 3000 mg per kg per day, or more.
[00288] The formulations and routes of administration can be tailored to the disease or disorder being treated, and for the specific human being treated. For example, a subject can receive a dose of the agent once or twice or more daily for one week, one month, six months, one year, or more. The treatment can continue indefinitely, such as throughout the lifetime of the human. Treatment can be administered at regular or irregular intervals (once every other day or twice per week), and the dosage and timing of the administration can be adjusted throughout the course of the treatment. The dosage can remain constant over the course of the treatment regimen, or it can be decreased or increased over the course of the treatment.
[00289] In various aspects, the dosage facilitates an intended purpose for both prophylaxis and treatment without undesirable side effects, such as toxicity, irritation or allergic response. Although individual needs may vary, the determination of optimal ranges for effective amounts of formulations is within the skill of the art. Human doses can readily be extrapolated from animal studies (Katocs et al, (1990) Chapter 27 in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA). In general, the dosage required to provide an effective amount of a formulation, which can be adjusted by one skilled in the art, will vary depending on several factors, including the age, health, physical condition, weight, type and extent of the disease or disorder of the recipient, frequency of treatment, the nature of concurrent therapy, if required, and the nature and scope of the desired effect(s) (Nies et al., (1996) Chapter 3, In: Goodman & Gilman's The
Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 9th Ed., Hardman et al, eds., McGraw-Hill, New York, NY). b. ROUTES OF ADMINISTRATION
[00290] Also provided are routes of administering the disclosed compounds and compositions. The compounds and compositions of the present invention can be
administered by direct therapy using systemic administration and/or local administration. In various aspects, the route of administration can be determined by a patient's health care provider or clinician, for example following an evaluation of the patient. In various aspects, an individual patient's therapy may be customized, e.g., the type of agent used, the routes of administration, and the frequency of administration can be personalized. Alternatively, therapy may be performed using a standard course of treatment, e.g., using pre-selected agents and pre-selected routes of administration and frequency of administration.
[00291] Systemic routes of administration can include, but are not limited to, parenteral routes of administration, e.g., intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, and intraperitoneal injection; enteral routes of administration e.g., administration by the oral route, lozenges, compressed tablets, pills, tablets, capsules, drops (e.g., ear drops), syrups, suspensions and emulsions; rectal administration, e.g. , a rectal suppository or enema; a vaginal suppository; a urethral suppository; transdermal routes of administration; and inhalation (e.g., nasal sprays).
[00292] In various aspects, the modes of administration described above may be
combined in any order.
H. EXAMPLES
[00293] The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how the compounds, compositions, articles, devices and/or methods claimed herein are made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in °C or is at ambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.
[00294] The Examples are provided herein to illustrate the invention, and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way. Examples are provided herein to illustrate the invention and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way.
1. CHEMISTRY EXPERIMENTALS a. 6-(4-(2-(4-(2,2-DlFLUORO-l-
METHYLCYCLOPROPYL)PHENYL)ACETYL)PIPERAZIN-1- YL)PYRIDAZINE-3-CARBONITRILE (1)
[00295] ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCb) d 7.46 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (q, J = 8.3 Hz,
4H), 6.82 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.83 - 3.61 (m, 8H), 1.66 - 1.61 (m, 1H), 1.50 - 1.46 (br s, 3H), 1.41 - 1.35 (m, 1H). LRMS, m/z: 398.19 (M+H+).
b. 6-(4-(2-(4-(2,2-DIFLUORO-l-METHYLCYCLOPROPYL)PHENYL)- 2,2-DIFLUOROACETYL)PIPERAZIN-1-YL)PYRIDAZINE-3- CARBONITRILE (2)
[00296] ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) d 7.55 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 9.6 Hz,
1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 4H), 3.72 (s, 4H), 1.70 (ddd, J = 13.6, 7.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 1.55 - 1.52 (m, 3H), 1.51 - 1.43 (m, 1H). 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) d -132.57 (d, J = 19.0 Hz), -132.98 (d, J = 18.8 Hz), -137.60 (d, J = 14.5 Hz), -138.00 (d, J = 14.5 Hz). LRMS, m/z: 456.11 (M+Na)+. c. 6-(4-(2-(4-(2,2-
DIFLUOROCYCLOPROPYL)PHENYL)ACETYL)PIPERAZIN-1- YL)PYRIDAZINE-3-CARBONITRILE (5)
[00297] ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) d 7.47 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.3 Hz,
2H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.84 - 3.79 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.76 - 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.71 - 3.67 (m, 2H), 3.65 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 2.77 - 2.66 (m, 1H), 1.82 (tdd, J = 12.5, 7.9, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.64 - 1.58 (m, 1H). 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCh) d -126.14 (td, J = 13.0, 4.1 Hz), -126.55 (td, J = 13.0, 4.1 Hz), -142.52 (dd, J = 13.1, 5.3 Hz), -142.93 (dd, J = 13.1, 5.3 Hz). LRMS, m/z: 406.12 (M+Na)+.
d. 6-(4-(2-(4-(l-HYDROXYPROPAN-2-
YL)PHENYL)ACETYL)PIPERAZIN-1-YL)PYRIDAZINE-3-
CARBONITRILE (8)
[00298] ¾ NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-c ) d 7.35 (d, J= 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 - 7.02 (m,
4H), 6.47 (d, J= 9.4 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.29 - 3.21 (m, 7H), 2.82 (p, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.16 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 6H), 0.86 - 0.46 (m, 4H). ESI-MS (M+l): 366.54. e. 1-(4-(6-CHLOROPYRIDAZIN-3-YL)PIPERAZIN-1-YL)-2-(4-(2,2- DIFLUORO-1-METHYLCYCLOPROPYL)PHENYL)ETHAN-1-ONE (9)
[00299] ¾ NMR (500 MHz, Chloroform-c ) d 7.28 - 7.07 (m, 5H), 6.81 (d, J= 9.5 Hz,
1H), 3.81 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.60 - 3.39 (m, 6H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 0.90 - 0.70 (m, 2H). ESI-MS (M+l): 407.49. f. 6-((2S,6R)-2,6-DIMETHYL-4-(2-PHENYLACETYL)PIPERAZIN-1- YL)PYRIDAZINE-3-CARBONITRILE (10)
[00300] ¾ NMR (500 MHz, Chloroform-c ) d 7.41 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33 - 7.08 (m,
5H), 6.69 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.85 - 4.25 (m, 3H), 3.88 - 3.60 (m, 3H), 3.35 (dd, J= 13.5,
4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, .7 = 13.4, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 1.18 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.01 (d, .7= 6.9 Hz, 3H). ESI-MS (M+l) 336.52.
2. CHARACTERIZATION OF EXEMPLARY COMPOUNDS
[00301] The compounds below in Table 1 were synthesized with methods identical or analogous to those described herein. The requisite starting materials were commercially available, described in the literature, or readily synthesized by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
TABLE 1.
I. EVALUATION OF ACTIVITY AGAINST PANK
[00302] Table 2 below illustrates the effects of the disclosed compounds on hPanK3, as well as various other properties of the disclosed compounds.
TABLE 2.
[00303] Table 3 below illustrates the microsome stability and plasma protein binding of the disclosed compounds.
TABLE 3.
[00304] It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made in the present invention without departing from the scope or spirit of the invention. Other embodiments of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from consideration of the specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification and examples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spirit of the invention being indicated by the following claims.
Claims
1. A compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
wherein A is selected from OC(O), C(O), CH2C(0), CF2C(0), C(0)CH2, CH2S02, S02, NHC(O), N(CH3)C(0), and CH(0H)C(0); wherein each of Q1 and Q2, when present, is independently selected from N and CH; wherein Q3 is N and Q4 is CH or wherein Q4 is N and Q3 is CH; wherein Z is a structure selected from:
wherein each of Rla and Rlb, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 thioalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy; wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -N02, -SO2NH2, and -SO2CH3; wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, and cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, - NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 monohaloalkyl, C1-C4 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C4 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (Cl-C4)(Cl-C4) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C4 acyclic alkyl), provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group; and wherein Ar1, when present, is selected from aryl and heteroaryl and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl- C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl),
provided that when R3 is C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl or C1-C8 alkoxy then R2 is not hydrogen, and
provided that when each of Rla and Rlb is hydrogen then one of Q3 and Q4 is N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein Z is a structure selected from:
5. The compound of any one of claims 1-4, wherein A is selected from CH2C(0) and CF2C(0).
6. The compound of any one of claims 1-5, wherein each of Rla and Rlb, when present, is hydrogen.
7. The compound of any one of claims 1-6, wherein R2 is selected from -CN and -Cl.
8. The compound of any one of claims 1-7, wherein R3, when present, is C1-C8 hydoxy alkyl.
9. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, wherein R3, when present, is propan- l-olyl.
10. The compound of any one of claims 1-9, wherein R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl, provided that cyclopropyl, when present, is substituted with at least one halogen group.
11. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, wherein R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -F and C1-C4 acyclic alkyl.
12. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, wherein R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 halogen groups.
13. The compound of any one of claims 1-12, wherein R3, when present, is cyclopropyl substituted with 2 -F groups.
14. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, wherein Ar1 is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -N02, -CN, -OH, -SH, -NH2, C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 monohaloalkyl, C1-C8 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 monohaloalkoxy, C1-C8 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-C8 alkylamino, (Cl-C8)(Cl-C8) dialkylamino, and -CO(Cl-C8 acyclic alkyl).
15. The compound of any one of claims 1-7, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
17. The compound of claim 16, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
18. The compound of any one of claims 16 and 17, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
19. The compound of claim any one of claims 16-18, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
20. The compound of any one of claims 16-19, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
21 The compound of any one of claims 16-20, wherein R3 is a structure selected from:
22 The compound of any one of claims 16-21, wherein the compound is selected from:
24. A method of modulating pantothenate kinase activity in at least one cell, the method comprising the step of contacting the at least one cell with an effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-23.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein modulating is inhibiting.
26. The method of any one of claims 24 and 25, wherein the cell is mammalian.
27. The method of any one of claims 24-27, wherein the cell is human.
28. The method of any one of claims 24-28, wherein contacting is via administration to a mammal.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity prior to the administering step.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity is selected from PKAN and diabetes.
31. The method of any one of claims 28-30, wherein the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for modulating pantothenate kinase activity prior to the administering step.
32. A method of treating a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-23.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the subject is a mammal.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the mammal is a human.
35. The method of any one of claims 32-34, wherein the disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity is selected from PKAN and diabetes.
36. The method of any one of claims 32-35, wherein the subject has been diagnosed with a disorder associated with pantothenate kinase activity.
37. The method of any one of claims 32-36, further comprising the step of identifying a subject in need of treatment of the disorder prior to the administering step.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201762610831P | 2017-12-27 | 2017-12-27 | |
US62/610,831 | 2017-12-27 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2019133634A1 true WO2019133634A1 (en) | 2019-07-04 |
Family
ID=67064135
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2018/067538 WO2019133634A1 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2018-12-26 | Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2019133634A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2020198526A3 (en) * | 2019-03-27 | 2021-07-08 | St. Jude Children's Research Hospital | Small molecule modulators of pank |
US11547709B2 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2023-01-10 | St. Jude Children's Research Hospital, Inc. | Methods of treating disorders associated with castor |
US11891378B2 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2024-02-06 | St. Jude Children's Research Hospital, Inc. | Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090306100A1 (en) * | 2006-11-07 | 2009-12-10 | Joseph Barbosa | Methods of treating schizophrenia |
US8153633B2 (en) * | 2007-06-25 | 2012-04-10 | Amgen Inc. | Phthalazine compounds, compositions and methods of use |
US20130072497A1 (en) * | 2005-06-30 | 2013-03-21 | Dow Agrosciences Llc | N- substituted piperazines |
WO2016168619A1 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2016-10-20 | Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation | Hepatitis b viral assembly effectors |
-
2018
- 2018-12-26 WO PCT/US2018/067538 patent/WO2019133634A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130072497A1 (en) * | 2005-06-30 | 2013-03-21 | Dow Agrosciences Llc | N- substituted piperazines |
US20090306100A1 (en) * | 2006-11-07 | 2009-12-10 | Joseph Barbosa | Methods of treating schizophrenia |
US8153633B2 (en) * | 2007-06-25 | 2012-04-10 | Amgen Inc. | Phthalazine compounds, compositions and methods of use |
WO2016168619A1 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2016-10-20 | Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation | Hepatitis b viral assembly effectors |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11547709B2 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2023-01-10 | St. Jude Children's Research Hospital, Inc. | Methods of treating disorders associated with castor |
US11891378B2 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2024-02-06 | St. Jude Children's Research Hospital, Inc. | Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases |
WO2020198526A3 (en) * | 2019-03-27 | 2021-07-08 | St. Jude Children's Research Hospital | Small molecule modulators of pank |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2018395222B2 (en) | Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases | |
AU2017281907B2 (en) | Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases | |
US20250090526A1 (en) | Methods of treating disorders associated with castor | |
US11905258B2 (en) | 2-aminoaryl-5-aryloxazole analogs for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases | |
WO2019133634A1 (en) | Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases | |
US20220185796A1 (en) | Small molecule modulators of pank | |
US11345659B2 (en) | Pipecolic esters for inhibition of the proteasome | |
RU2797123C2 (en) | Low-molecular modulators of pantothenakinases | |
RU2764652C2 (en) | Low molecular pantothenate kinase modulators | |
US9505729B2 (en) | Isoxazole analogs as mediators of transcriptional induction of E-cadherin | |
US20240342139A1 (en) | Development and optimization of thiochromenothiazole-based msut2 inhibitors as candidates for the treatment of tauopathy | |
US20240423968A1 (en) | Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting | |
US20250082589A1 (en) | Phenylethylidenehydrazine dimers and methods of using same | |
US11667666B2 (en) | Methods and compositions for treatment of cancer | |
WO2024192144A1 (en) | Pyrazolopyrimidines as antidotes for arsenicals | |
WO2024258399A1 (en) | Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18894015 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 18894015 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |